yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400723012623 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000003006607311400714014670 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # Recursively automake Makefile.am in the following directories. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = . ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ SUBDIRS = intl doc po config src # Always ship with autogen.sh EXTRA_DIST = reconf yiyantang.lsm.in yiyantang.spec.in BUGS CREDIT HACKING USAGE ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = yiyantang.lsm yiyantang.spec DIST_COMMON = README ./stamp-h.in ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \ INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS TODO acconfig.h aclocal.m4 \ config.h.in configure configure.in texinfo.tex yiyantang.lsm.in \ yiyantang.spec.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ configure.in cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@$(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) config.h: stamp-h @if test ! -f $@; then \ rm -f stamp-h; \ $(MAKE) stamp-h; \ else :; fi stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \ $(SHELL) ./config.status @echo timestamp > stamp-h 2> /dev/null $(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in @if test ! -f $@; then \ rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in; \ $(MAKE) $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in; \ else :; fi $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER) @echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in 2> /dev/null mostlyclean-hdr: clean-hdr: distclean-hdr: -rm -f config.h maintainer-clean-hdr: yiyantang.lsm: $(top_builddir)/config.status yiyantang.lsm.in cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status yiyantang.spec: $(top_builddir)/config.status yiyantang.spec.in cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. @SET_MAKE@ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \ check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ dot_seen=no; \ rev=''; list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ test "$$subdir" = "." && dot_seen=yes; \ done; \ test "$$dot_seen" = "no" && rev=". $$rev"; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP) TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist -rm -rf $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz mkdir $(distdir)/=build mkdir $(distdir)/=inst dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \ cd $(distdir)/=build \ && ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist -rm -rf $(distdir) @banner="$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \ dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \ echo "$$dashes"; \ echo "$$banner"; \ echo "$$dashes" dist: distdir -chmod -R a+r $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) -rm -rf $(distdir) dist-all: distdir -chmod -R a+r $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) -rm -rf $(distdir) distdir: $(DISTFILES) -rm -rf $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir) -chmod 777 $(distdir) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || exit 1; \ chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir=../$(distdir) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done info-am: info: info-recursive dvi-am: dvi: dvi-recursive check-am: all-am check: check-recursive installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-recursive all-recursive-am: config.h $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data-am: install-data: install-data-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-recursive uninstall-am: uninstall: uninstall-recursive all-am: Makefile config.h all-redirect: all-recursive-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive clean-am: clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-recursive distclean-am: distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f config.status maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f config.status .PHONY: mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr maintainer-clean-hdr \ install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \ uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive uninstalldirs-recursive \ all-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive \ dvi-recursive mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \ distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info-am info \ dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck all-recursive-am \ install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \ install uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs-am \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Extra definitions, whatever. # Applicationsdir = $(datadir) # Applications_DATA = ChangeLog COPYING CREDIT INSTALL README LICENSE \ # ABOUT-NLS HACKING TODO BUGS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/README0100644000175000017500000000375607311101027013504 0ustar yghyghYi Yan Tang =========== Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao yiyantang is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Introduciton: ============= Yi Yan Tang (One Language Temple) or "yyt's yodel tty", whatever you want to call it. Everybody speaks the same language to you in this temple. They can yodel but yyt will make their yodel sound plain and boring. :) yyt is a pseudo-tty program that converts Chinese terminal output encoded in GB/BIG5 to a preset encoding automatically. It is useful for users who have to work with multiple Chinese encodings in console applications. Now it also converts input to the incoming encoding if the incoming encoding is set explicitly, due to request from benluo . I need it for slrn so I coded it. It works like hztty or betty but auto-detect the incoming encoding. LC_CTYPE will be used to set the default destination encoding. Type "yyt -h" for a brief help message. libhz is included in the package "autoconvert" at saka's site: http://www.debian.org/~ygh/ . Version 0.3.12 is required. Debian users should install the .deb package zh-autoconvert. Usage: ====== Read USAGE file for more operation with the program. Hacking: ======== Read HACKING file if you want to know the flow of the program. And send me patch, bug reports, wishlist!!! Comments are welcomed. hashao /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/stamp-h.in0100644000175000017500000000001207311400714014510 0ustar yghyghtimestamp yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/ABOUT-NLS0100644000175000017500000003744207303735664014077 0ustar yghyghNotes on the Free Translation Project ************************************* Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already provide translations for their messages. If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using this package with messages translated. Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and work at translations should contact the appropriate team. When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of `gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. Quick configuration advice ========================== If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using ./configure --with-included-gettext to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the included `libintl'. INSTALL Matters =============== Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing the default behaviour. The commands: ./configure --with-included-gettext ./configure --disable-nls will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, _totally_ disable translation of messages. When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is more recent, you should use ./configure --with-included-gettext to prevent auto-detection. The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the `--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed. Using This Package ================== As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate `LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), `export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all. You might think that the country code specification is redundant. But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The country code serves to distinguish the dialects. Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. This is done through a different environment variable, called `LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' (Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. Translating Teams ================= For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, `http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" area. If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you should become a member of the translating team for your own language. The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has `-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: subscribe Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate _actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the coordinator for all translator teams. The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than programming skill, here. Available Packages ================== Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of May 2001. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a translation percentage of at least 50%. Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it +----------------------------------------------+ a2ps | [] [] | bash | [] [] [] [] | bison | [] [] [] [] | clisp | [] [] [] [] | cpio | [] [] [] [] | diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | enscript | [] [] | error | [] | fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | flex | [] [] [] | gawk | | gcal | | gcc | [] | gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] | grep | [] [] [] | hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | id-utils | [] [] | indent | [] [] [] [] [] | libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | lilypond | | lynx | [] [] [] | m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | make | [] [] [] [] | parted | [] [] | ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | python | | recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | soundtracker | | sp | | tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | texinfo | [] [] [] [] | textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | util-linux | [] | wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | +----------------------------------------------+ bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it 0 14 21 27 10 1 8 20 13 1 28 17 0 9 11 ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr zh +----------------------------------------------+ a2ps | [] [] [] | 5 bash | | 4 bison | [] [] [] | 7 clisp | [] | 5 cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 9 diffutils | [] [] [] | 10 enscript | [] [] [] | 5 error | | 1 fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14 flex | [] [] [] | 6 gawk | | 0 gcal | | 0 gcc | [] | 2 gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19 gnupg | [] [] [] | 8 grep | | 3 hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17 id-utils | [] [] [] | 5 indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12 libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 lilypond | [] | 1 lynx | [] [] [] [] [] | 8 m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 make | [] [] [] [] [] | 9 parted | [] [] [] | 5 ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13 python | | 0 recode | [] [] [] | 11 sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19 sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 11 soundtracker | | 0 sp | | 0 tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 texinfo | [] [] | 6 textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 util-linux | [] | 2 wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17 +----------------------------------------------+ 29 teams ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr zh 40 domains 18 8 0 23 6 16 1 15 26 9 9 20 2 3 336 Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language dialects. For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to which it applies should also have been internationalized and distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a distribution. If May 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at `http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. Using `gettext' in new packages =============================== If you are writing a freely available program and want to internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your package. Of course the GNU Public License applies to your sources from then if you include `gettext' directly in your distribution on but since you are writing free software anyway this is no restriction. Once the sources are change appropriately and the setup can handle to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to the translation teams. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/AUTHORS0100644000175000017500000000003507235177571013705 0ustar yghyghha shao yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/COPYING0100644000175000017500000004311007235177571013671 0ustar yghygh GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/ChangeLog0100644000175000017500000000355107311320542014374 0ustar yghygh2001-06-11 ha shao * Finish autoconf tools. * Finish man page. yyt.1 * Some texinfo work. I don't want to do this. Boring. * Found out that slrn wanted to be a smart ass and stopped displaying raw text. Damn it. * Release 0.7.0 now. To me, the work is completed. Will only update if got bug reports or patches. ;) 2001-06-04 ha shao * Use gengetopt for command line parsing. Don't ask why. * Finally add the window resize handling. Now I've done everything I want to have with this program. 2001-04-30 ha shao * Messed around with autogen, automake. Not done and won't be done soon. * Changed util.[ch] to yyt_util.[ch] cause I suspect it will confuse some other libraries in the future. 2001-04-29 ha shao * Require libhz 0.3.12 so things works beautifully! Thanks saka! * Release 0.3.3. 2001-04-27 ha shao * Switch to hz_search, hz_convert functions of libhz 0.3.11. Still broken. :( Will revisit later. * pass struct curconfig to zhconv() instead of "fromcode, tocode". So I can reset half-hanzi with every hzsegment except at buffer boundery. (zhconv.c) 2001-04-05 ha shao * Don't beep in control mode. (parseinput.c) * Fix disable mode bug. (fromcode is now -2). * Version 0.3.2 2001-04-04 ha shao * Make compilation -Wall clean * Increase BUFFSIZE to MAX_BUFFER in * Add HACKING file 2001-03-22 ha shao * update some documentation. 2001-03-22 ha shao * Add crude hack to also handle input conversion when fromcode and tocode are specified (loop.c) * Don't do hanzi segmentation when we already know fromcode. (loop.c) 2001-01-29 ha shao * cstty: initial version. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/INSTALL0100644000175000017500000001762007311102733013655 0ustar yghyghJust type: ./configure make make install Then start the program with 'yyt'. For debug purpose, type "make DEBUG=-DDEBUG". Under debug built, a log file named "tty.log" will be created. The following is the standard installation instructions. Basic Installation ================== These are generic installation instructions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file `config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute `configure' itself. Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like this: CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' will install the package's files in `/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PATH'. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Optional Features ================= Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' can not figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the `--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the host type. If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of system on which you are compiling the package. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Operation Controls ================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--cache-file=FILE' Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for debugging `configure'. `--help' Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--version' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000061307311400634014653 0ustar yghygh # Recursively automake Makefile.am in the following directories. SUBDIRS = intl doc po config src # Always ship with autogen.sh EXTRA_DIST = \ reconf \ yiyantang.lsm.in yiyantang.spec.in \ BUGS CREDIT HACKING USAGE # Extra definitions, whatever. # Applicationsdir = $(datadir) # Applications_DATA = ChangeLog COPYING CREDIT INSTALL README LICENSE \ # ABOUT-NLS HACKING TODO BUGS yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/NEWS0100644000175000017500000000000007235177571013324 0ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/TODO0100644000175000017500000000073707311162713013321 0ustar yghyghTODO List ========= Patch is always Welcomed. * Clean up. Might not really do this. :) * Gettext? I don't want to do this myself. patches? Just some --help strings. Besides, I don't control getopt, I use gengetopt. * Signal handling (really?) * Window resize (SIGNAL?) -- Done * hotkey control (Set encoding manually). -- Done * Use libhz to search() and convert() strings. -- Done * Integrate half-hanzi at the end flag from libhz -- Done /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/acconfig.h0100644000175000017500000000064007311067331014544 0ustar yghygh/**************************************************** * Template for config.h.in * Undefine symbols that will be defined in config.h. ****************************************************/ #undef ENABLE_NLS #undef HAVE_GETTEXT #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES #undef HAVE_STPCPY #undef HAVE_CATGETS #undef HAVE_LIBSM #undef PACKAGE #undef VERSION #undef PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR #undef PACKAGE_DATA_DIR #undef PACKAGE_SOURCE_DIR yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/aclocal.m40100644000175000017500000011351307311400645014465 0ustar yghyghdnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4-p3 dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file. AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER, [AC_PREREQ([2.12]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1]) dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header dnl that is generated. We must strip everything past the first ":", dnl and everything past the last "/". AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>, <>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>, <>; do case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>> echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx ;; esac am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1` done<<>>dnl>>) changequote([,]))]) # Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much -- # some checks are only needed if your package does certain things. # But this isn't really a big deal. # serial 1 dnl Usage: dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define]) AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL]) PACKAGE=[$1] AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) VERSION=[$2] AC_SUBST(VERSION) dnl test to see if srcdir already configured if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi ifelse([$3],, AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])) AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM]) dnl FIXME This is truly gross. missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])]) # # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. # AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftestfile # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null` if test "[$]*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile` fi if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \ && test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "[$]2" = conftestfile ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi rm -f conftest* AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY) dnl The program must properly implement --version. AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG, [AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2) # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then $1=$2 AC_MSG_RESULT(found) else $1="$3/missing $2" AC_MSG_RESULT(missing) fi AC_SUBST($1)]) # Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. # From Jim Meyering # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_MAINTAINER_MODE, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode, [ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval, USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_MAINTAINER_MODE) AM_CONDITIONAL(MAINTAINER_MODE, test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes) MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl ] ) # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN(AM_CONDITIONAL, [AC_SUBST($1_TRUE) AC_SUBST($1_FALSE) if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi]) #serial 1 # This test replaces the one in autoconf. # Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro # because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) # still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader # give these diagnostics: # configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX # configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], [ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) ] ) # serial 40 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl # Save cache, so that ltconfig can load it AC_CACHE_SAVE # Actually configure libtool. ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found. CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \ LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \ LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \ DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" AS="$AS" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \ $libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $lt_target \ || AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed]) # Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig AC_CACHE_LOAD # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltconfig $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl # Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not # clobbered by the next message. exec 5>>./config.log ]) AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP, [AC_PREREQ(2.13)dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl dnl case "$target" in NONE) lt_target="$host" ;; *) lt_target="$target" ;; esac # Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig. libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file" test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared" test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static" test "$enable_fast_install" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-fast-install" test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc" test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld" ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-dlopen"]) ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-win32-dll"]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(libtool-lock, [ --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds)]) test "x$enable_libtool_lock" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-lock" test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent" # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case "$lt_target" in *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, [AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])]) if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw*) AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) ;; ]) esac ]) # AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN - enable checks for dlopen support AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) # AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL - declare package support for building win32 dll's AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL, [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) # AC_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag # Usage: AC_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_SHARED, [dnl define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, changequote(<<, >>)dnl << --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], changequote([, ])dnl [p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac], enable_shared=AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl ]) # AC_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_SHARED, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no)]) # AC_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag # Usage: AC_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_STATIC, [dnl define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(static, changequote(<<, >>)dnl << --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], changequote([, ])dnl [p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac], enable_static=AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl ]) # AC_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_STATIC, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)]) # AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - implement the --enable-fast-install flag # Usage: AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [dnl define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(fast-install, changequote(<<, >>)dnl << --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] optimize for fast installation [default=>>AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], changequote([, ])dnl [p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac], enable_fast_install=AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)dnl ]) # AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - set the default to --disable-fast-install AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no)]) # AC_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD, [AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld, [ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]], test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl ac_prog=ld if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. changequote(,)dnl [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' changequote([,])dnl # Canonicalize the path of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$ac_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) AC_PROG_LD_GNU ]) AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD_GNU, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes else ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no fi]) ]) # AC_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_NM, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM, [if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm || test -f $ac_dir/nm$ac_exeext ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" break elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" break else ac_cv_path_NM=${ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm fi]) NM="$ac_cv_path_NM" AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM]) ]) # AC_CHECK_LIBM - check for math library AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_LIBM, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl LIBM= case "$lt_target" in *-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin*) # These system don't have libm ;; *-ncr-sysv4.3*) AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") ;; *) AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="-lm") ;; esac ]) # AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for # the libltdl convenience library and INCLTDL to the include flags for # the libltdl header and adds --enable-ltdl-convenience to the # configure arguments. Note that LIBLTDL and INCLTDL are not # AC_SUBSTed, nor is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called. If DIR is not # provided, it is assumed to be `libltdl'. LIBLTDL will be prefixed # with '${top_builddir}/' and INCLTDL will be prefixed with # '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your package is not # flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and # top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles. AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl case "$enable_ltdl_convenience" in no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;; "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; esac LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdlc.la INCLTDL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) ]) # AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for # the libltdl installable library and INCLTDL to the include flags for # the libltdl header and adds --enable-ltdl-install to the configure # arguments. Note that LIBLTDL and INCLTDL are not AC_SUBSTed, nor is # AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called. If DIR is not provided and an installed # libltdl is not found, it is assumed to be `libltdl'. LIBLTDL will # be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/' and INCLTDL will be prefixed # with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your package is # not flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and # top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles. # In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL. AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, main, [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no], [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled]) else enable_ltdl_install=yes fi ]) if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install" LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdl.la INCLTDL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) else ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no" LIBLTDL="-lltdl" INCLTDL= fi ]) dnl old names AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, [indir([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD, [indir([AC_PROG_LD])])dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM, [indir([AC_PROG_NM])])dnl dnl This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl # Macro to add for using GNU gettext. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 9 dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]). dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function dnl will be ignored. dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. dnl dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled dnl and used. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. dnl Catalog format: none dnl Catalog extension: none dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the dnl maintainers. dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no INTLLIBS= dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested.]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. CATOBJEXT=NONE dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc]) define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl]) AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;], [bindtextdomain ("", ""); return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV" AC_TRY_LINK([#include extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;], [bindtextdomain ("", ""); return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes, gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) fi dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with dnl libiconv. INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV" fi gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) fi AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) CATOBJEXT=.gmo fi ]) if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library. nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.gmo INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV" LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` fi dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the dnl Makefiles still can work. if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then : ; else AC_MSG_RESULT( [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) XGETTEXT=":" fi fi dnl We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po fi AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( [for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; esac # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" echo creating "$ac_dir/POTFILES" sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" echo creating "$ac_dir/Makefile" sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" fi ;; esac done]) dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison, dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't dnl compile. dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not dnl present or too old. AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison]) if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then ac_verc_fail=yes else dnl Found it, now check the version. AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison]) changequote(<<,>>)dnl ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` case $ac_prog_version in '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) changequote([,])dnl ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version]) fi if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then INTLBISON=: fi dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs dnl in configure.in. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" done dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) AC_SUBST(POFILES) AC_SUBST(POSUB) dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. DATADIRNAME=share AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INSTOBJEXT=.mo AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. GENCAT=gencat AC_SUBST(GENCAT) ]) dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see. AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \ getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \ strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next]) AM_ICONV AM_LANGINFO_CODESET AM_LC_MESSAGES AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3]) if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then LINGUAS= else AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) NEW_LINGUAS= for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do useit=no for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is # a. equal to presentlang, or # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). case "$desiredlang" in "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; esac done if test $useit = yes; then NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" fi done LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) fi dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done fi fi dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir). dnl Try to locate is. MKINSTALLDIRS= if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" fi if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" fi AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], []) AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) ]) # Search path for a program which passes the given test. # Ulrich Drepper , 1996. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], [# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, [case "[$]$1" in /*) ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if [$3]; then ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ])dnl ;; esac])dnl $1="$ac_cv_path_$1" if test -n "[$]$1"; then AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_SUBST($1)dnl ]) #serial 2 # Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. # From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], [ #include #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) Lucky GNU user #endif #endif ], ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) ] ) AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" ] ) #serial AM2 dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], [ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). AC_ARG_WITH([libiconv-prefix], [ --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib], [ for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi done ]) AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" am_cv_lib_iconv=no AC_TRY_LINK([#include #include ], [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);], am_cv_func_iconv=yes) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -liconv" AC_TRY_LINK([#include #include ], [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);], am_cv_lib_iconv=yes am_cv_func_iconv=yes) LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi ]) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ AC_TRY_COMPILE([ #include #include extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); #else size_t iconv(); #endif ], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) fi LIBICONV= if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then LIBICONV="-liconv" fi AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) ]) #serial AM1 dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) ]) if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, [Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) fi ]) # Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 2 AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, [Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) fi fi]) yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config.h.in0100644000175000017500000001113607311106443014645 0ustar yghygh/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader 2.13. */ /* Define if using alloca.c. */ #undef C_ALLOCA /* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */ #undef const /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END /* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Define if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H /* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP /* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */ #undef inline /* Define to `long' if doesn't define. */ #undef off_t /* Define to `unsigned' if doesn't define. */ #undef size_t /* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at run-time. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #undef STACK_DIRECTION /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT /* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT /* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */ #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT /* Define if you have the feof_unlocked function. */ #undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED /* Define if you have the fgets_unlocked function. */ #undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED /* Define if you have the getcwd function. */ #undef HAVE_GETCWD /* Define if you have the getegid function. */ #undef HAVE_GETEGID /* Define if you have the geteuid function. */ #undef HAVE_GETEUID /* Define if you have the getgid function. */ #undef HAVE_GETGID /* Define if you have the getopt_long function. */ #undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG /* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE /* Define if you have the getuid function. */ #undef HAVE_GETUID /* Define if you have the mempcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY /* Define if you have the munmap function. */ #undef HAVE_MUNMAP /* Define if you have the putenv function. */ #undef HAVE_PUTENV /* Define if you have the setenv function. */ #undef HAVE_SETENV /* Define if you have the setlocale function. */ #undef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY /* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP /* Define if you have the strchr function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR /* Define if you have the strdup function. */ #undef HAVE_STRDUP /* Define if you have the strtoul function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOUL /* Define if you have the tsearch function. */ #undef HAVE_TSEARCH /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_HZ_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LIMITS_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define if you have the hz library (-lhz). */ #undef HAVE_LIBHZ /* Define if you have the util library (-lutil). */ #undef HAVE_LIBUTIL /* Name of package */ #undef PACKAGE /* Version number of package */ #undef VERSION /* Define if you have the iconv() function. */ #undef HAVE_ICONV /* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */ #undef ICONV_CONST /* Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */ #undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET /* Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES. */ #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES /* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested. */ #undef ENABLE_NLS /* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ #undef HAVE_GETTEXT yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/configure0100755000175000017500000035550007311400650014534 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 # Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. # Defaults: ac_help= ac_default_prefix=/usr/local # Any additions from configure.in: ac_help="$ac_help --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer" ac_help="$ac_help --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes]" ac_help="$ac_help --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes]" ac_help="$ac_help --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] optimize for fast installation [default=yes]" ac_help="$ac_help --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]" ac_help="$ac_help --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds)" ac_help="$ac_help --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib" ac_help="$ac_help --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support" ac_help="$ac_help --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here" # Initialize some variables set by options. # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. build=NONE cache_file=./config.cache exec_prefix=NONE host=NONE no_create= nonopt=NONE no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= target=NONE verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datadir='${prefix}/share' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' infodir='${prefix}/info' mandir='${prefix}/man' # Initialize some other variables. subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} # Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. ac_max_here_lines=12 ac_prev= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" ac_prev= continue fi case "$ac_option" in -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) ac_optarg= ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case "$ac_option" in -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build="$ac_optarg" ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ | --da=*) datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he) # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat << EOF Usage: configure [options] [host] Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] Configuration: --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE --help print this message --no-create do not create output files --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages --version print the version of autoconf that created configure Directory and file names: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [same as prefix] --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR [PREFIX/share] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names EOF cat << EOF Host type: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] Features and packages: --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR EOF if test -n "$ac_help"; then echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" fi exit 0 ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host="$ac_optarg" ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site="$ac_optarg" ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target="$ac_optarg" ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13" exit 0 ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;; *) if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 fi if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi nonopt="$ac_option" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 # File descriptor usage: # 0 standard input # 1 file creation # 2 errors and warnings # 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty # 4 used on the Kubota Titan # 6 checking for... messages and results # 5 compiler messages saved in config.log if test "$silent" = yes; then exec 6>/dev/null else exec 6>&1 fi exec 5>./config.log echo "\ This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. " 1>&5 # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. ac_configure_args= for ac_arg do case "$ac_arg" in -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; esac done # NLS nuisances. # Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally # because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). # Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! # Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h # AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. echo > confdefs.h # A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that # configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. ac_unique_file=src/yiyantang.c # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. ac_prog=$0 ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } else { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi fi srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` # Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" else CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" fi fi for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" . "$ac_site_file" fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then echo "loading cache $cache_file" . $cache_file else echo "creating cache $cache_file" > $cache_file fi ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross ac_exeext= ac_objext=o if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in config $srcdir/config; do if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in config $srcdir/config" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:581: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":" for ac_dir in $PATH; do # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case "$ac_dir/" in /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : else ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" break 2 fi fi done ;; esac done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the path is relative. INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" fi fi echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' echo $ac_n "checking whether build environment is sane""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:634: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftestfile # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile` fi if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \ && test "$*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". { echo "configure: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi test "$2" = conftestfile ) then # Ok. : else { echo "configure: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi rm -f conftest* echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then program_transform_name= else # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g EOF_SED program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`" rm -f conftestsed fi test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name" # sed with no file args requires a program. test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x," echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:691: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftestmake <<\EOF all: @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' EOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes else eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no fi rm -f conftestmake fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 SET_MAKE= else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi PACKAGE=yiyantang VERSION=0.7.0 if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then { echo "configure: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi cat >> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:737: checking for working aclocal" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then ACLOCAL=aclocal echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else ACLOCAL="$missing_dir/missing aclocal" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working autoconf""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:750: checking for working autoconf" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOCONF=autoconf echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOCONF="$missing_dir/missing autoconf" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working automake""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:763: checking for working automake" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOMAKE=automake echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOMAKE="$missing_dir/missing automake" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working autoheader""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:776: checking for working autoheader" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (autoheader --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOHEADER=autoheader echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOHEADER="$missing_dir/missing autoheader" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working makeinfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:789: checking for working makeinfo" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (makeinfo --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then MAKEINFO=makeinfo echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else MAKEINFO="$missing_dir/missing makeinfo" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi ISODATE=`date +%Y-%m-%d` # Make sure we can run config.sub. if ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:813: checking host system type" >&5 host_alias=$host case "$host_alias" in NONE) case $nonopt in NONE) if host_alias=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_guess`; then : else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ;; *) host_alias=$nonopt ;; esac ;; esac host=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $host_alias` host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:835: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode or --disable-maintainer-mode was given. if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_maintainer_mode" USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval else USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no fi echo "$ac_t""$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" 1>&6 if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' else MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= fi MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:870: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":" for ac_dir in $PATH; do # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case "$ac_dir/" in /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : else ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" break 2 fi fi done ;; esac done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the path is relative. INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" fi fi echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:925: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:955: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_prog_rejected=no ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# -gt 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" fi fi fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then case "`uname -s`" in *win32* | *WIN32*) # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cl; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1006: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_CC="cl" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi ;; esac fi test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1038: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF #line 1049 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" main(){return(0);} EOF if { (eval echo configure:1054: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no else ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no fi rm -fr conftest* ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1080: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1085: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes else ac_cv_prog_gcc=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS= echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1113: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi echo $ac_n "checking for strerror in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1146: checking for strerror in -lcposix" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'strerror | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for hz_init in -lhz""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1190: checking for hz_init in -lhz" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo hz'_'hz_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lhz $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo hz | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 { echo "configure: error: You need libhz as included in autoconvert. Please find autoconvert from http://www.debian.org/~ygh ." 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking for forkpty in -lutil""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1239: checking for forkpty in -lutil" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo util'_'forkpty | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lutil $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo util | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 { echo "configure: error: No forkpty found" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1289: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. CPP="${CC-cc} -E" # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < Syntax Error EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1310: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" cat > conftest.$ac_ext < Syntax Error EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1327: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E" cat > conftest.$ac_ext < Syntax Error EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1344: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CPP=/lib/cpp fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -f conftest* ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" fi CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" else ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" fi echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1369: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include #include #include EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1382: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') #define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); exit (0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1449: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then : else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define STDC_HEADERS 1 EOF fi for ac_hdr in strings.h unistd.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1476: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1486: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_hdr in hz.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1516: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1526: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 { echo "configure: error: You should install libhz.h from autoconvert" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi done echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1555: checking for working const" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; } ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1609: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_const=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define const EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1630: checking for size_t" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])size_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_size_t=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_size_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define size_t unsigned EOF fi for ac_func in getopt_long do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1667: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1695: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt.o getopt1.o" fi done if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then program_transform_name= else # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g EOF_SED program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`" rm -f conftestsed fi test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name" # sed with no file args requires a program. test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x," # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_shared" p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=yes fi # Check whether --enable-static or --disable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_static" p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=yes fi # Check whether --enable-fast-install or --disable-fast-install was given. if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_fast_install" p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_fast_install=yes fi echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1810: checking build system type" >&5 build_alias=$build case "$build_alias" in NONE) case $nonopt in NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;; *) build_alias=$nonopt ;; esac ;; esac build=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $build_alias` build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6 # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1830: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":" fi fi RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" if test -n "$RANLIB"; then echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Check whether --with-gnu-ld or --without-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then withval="$with_gnu_ld" test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. echo $ac_n "checking for ld used by GCC""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1869: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5 ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the path of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1893: checking for GNU ld" >&5 else echo $ac_n "checking for non-GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1896: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 fi if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_LD'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$ac_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then echo "$ac_t""$LD" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -z "$LD" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } echo $ac_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1931: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes else ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1947: checking for BSD-compatible nm" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_NM'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm || test -f $ac_dir/nm$ac_exeext ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" break elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" break else ac_cv_path_NM=${ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm fi fi NM="$ac_cv_path_NM" echo "$ac_t""$NM" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1983: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else rm -f conftestdata if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null then rm -f conftestdata ac_cv_prog_LN_S="ln -s" else ac_cv_prog_LN_S=ln fi fi LN_S="$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" = "ln -s"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi case "$target" in NONE) lt_target="$host" ;; *) lt_target="$target" ;; esac # Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig. libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file" test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared" test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static" test "$enable_fast_install" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-fast-install" test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc" test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld" # Check whether --enable-libtool-lock or --disable-libtool-lock was given. if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_libtool_lock" : fi test "x$enable_libtool_lock" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-lock" test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent" # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case "$lt_target" in *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '#line 2032 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { (eval echo configure:2033: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2054: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'lt_cv_cc_needs_belf'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" 1>&6 if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; esac # Save cache, so that ltconfig can load it cat > confcache <<\EOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. # If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, # creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure # the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is # what configure does when it calls configure scripts in # subdirectories, so they share the cache. # Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the # --recheck option to rerun configure. # EOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). sed -n \ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" ;; *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' ;; esac >> confcache if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then : else if test -w $cache_file; then echo "updating cache $cache_file" cat confcache > $cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache # Actually configure libtool. ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found. CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \ LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \ LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \ DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" AS="$AS" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \ $libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $lt_target \ || { echo "configure: error: libtool configure failed" 1>&2; exit 1; } # Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig if test -r "$cache_file"; then echo "loading cache $cache_file" . $cache_file else echo "creating cache $cache_file" > $cache_file fi # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltconfig $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' # Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not # clobbered by the next message. exec 5>>./config.log ALL_LINGUAS="" echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2170: checking for inline" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest* done fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6 case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in inline | yes) ;; no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define inline EOF ;; *) cat >> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:2210: checking for off_t" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_off_t=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_off_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define off_t long EOF fi # The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works # for constant arguments. Useless! echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2245: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int)); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2257: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2278: checking for alloca" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < # define alloca _alloca # else # if HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif int main() { char *p = (char *) alloca(1); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2311: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 EOF fi if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. ALLOCA=alloca.${ac_objext} cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define C_ALLOCA 1 EOF echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2343: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 | egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_os_cray=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_os_cray=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2373: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2401: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done fi echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2428: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < addr) ? 1 : -1; } main () { exit (find_stack_direction() < 0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2455: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:2480: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:2490: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_func in getpagesize do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2519: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2547: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2572: checking for working mmap" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include #include /* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */ #ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE # ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include # endif /* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */ # ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 # endif # ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) # else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # include # ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE # else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef NBPG # define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE # ifndef CLSIZE # define CLSIZE 1 # endif /* no CLSIZE */ # else /* no NBPG */ # ifdef NBPC # define getpagesize() NBPC # else /* no NBPC */ # ifdef PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() PAGESIZE # endif /* PAGESIZE */ # endif /* no NBPC */ # endif /* no NBPG */ # endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */ # endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ #endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); } #else char *malloc(); #endif int main() { char *data, *data2, *data3; int i, pagesize; int fd; pagesize = getpagesize(); /* * First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */ data = malloc(pagesize); if (!data) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data + i) = rand(); umask(0); fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600); if (fd < 0) exit(1); if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize) exit(1); close(fd); /* * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which * already has something else allocated at it. If we can, * also make sure that we see the same garbage. */ fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) exit(1); data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize); if (!data2) exit(1); data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1); if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L)) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i)) exit(1); /* * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read(). * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.) */ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1; data3 = malloc(pagesize); if (!data3) exit(1); if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i)) exit(1); close(fd); unlink("conftestmmap"); exit(0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2720: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_MMAP 1 EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2744: checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) Lucky GNU user #endif #endif EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "Lucky GNU user" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" 1>&6 GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" for ac_hdr in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2785: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:2795: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_func in feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \ getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \ strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2826: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2854: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done # Check whether --with-libiconv-prefix or --without-libiconv-prefix was given. if test "${with_libiconv_prefix+set}" = set; then withval="$with_libiconv_prefix" for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi done fi echo $ac_n "checking for iconv""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2894: checking for iconv" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_func_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" am_cv_lib_iconv=no cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include int main() { iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2912: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_func_iconv=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest* if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -liconv" cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include int main() { iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2934: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_lib_iconv=yes am_cv_func_iconv=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_func_iconv" 1>&6 if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_ICONV 1 EOF echo $ac_n "checking for iconv declaration""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2955: checking for iconv declaration" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_proto_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); #else size_t iconv(); #endif int main() { ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2980: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const" fi rm -f conftest* am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);" fi am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "$am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` echo "$ac_t""${ac_t:- }$am_cv_proto_iconv" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:3009: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_langinfo_codeset'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3021: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_langinfo_codeset" 1>&6 if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET 1 EOF fi if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3044: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { return LC_MESSAGES ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3056: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" 1>&6 if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 EOF fi fi echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3077: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5 # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given. if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_nls" USE_NLS=$enableval else USE_NLS=yes fi echo "$ac_t""$USE_NLS" 1>&6 BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no INTLLIBS= if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define ENABLE_NLS 1 EOF echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3099: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5 # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given. if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then withval="$with_included_gettext" nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval else nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no fi echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" 1>&6 nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then CATOBJEXT=NONE ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3119: checking for libintl.h" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:3129: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3146: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; int main() { bindtextdomain ("", ""); return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3160: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" 1>&6 if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" != "yes"; then echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3176: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV" cat > conftest.$ac_ext < extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; int main() { bindtextdomain ("", ""); return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3192: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl=no fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" fi echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" 1>&6 fi if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" = "yes" \ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" = "yes" \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_GETTEXT 1 EOF if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" = "yes"; then INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV" fi gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" for ac_func in dcgettext do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3225: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3253: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3282: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$MSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="no" ;; esac fi MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3316: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; ?:/*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3354: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in /*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi CATOBJEXT=.gmo fi else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3404: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$MSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="msgfmt" ;; esac fi MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3438: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; ?:/*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3474: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in /*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.gmo INTLLIBS="\$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a $LIBICONV" LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` fi if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then : ; else echo "$ac_t""found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" 1>&6 XGETTEXT=":" fi fi POSUB=po fi if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi for ac_prog in bison do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3536: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$INTLBISON" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_dummy="$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$ac_prog" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi INTLBISON="$ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON" if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then echo "$ac_t""$INTLBISON" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -n "$INTLBISON" && break done if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then ac_verc_fail=yes else echo $ac_n "checking version of bison""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3569: checking version of bison" >&5 ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` case $ac_prog_version in '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; esac echo "$ac_t""$ac_prog_version" 1>&6 fi if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then INTLBISON=: fi for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" done nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= DATADIRNAME=share INSTOBJEXT=.mo GENCAT=gencat if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then LINGUAS= else echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3616: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5 NEW_LINGUAS= for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do useit=no for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is # a. equal to presentlang, or # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). case "$desiredlang" in "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; esac done if test $useit = yes; then NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" fi done LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS echo "$ac_t""$LINGUAS" 1>&6 fi if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done fi fi MKINSTALLDIRS= if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" fi if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" fi INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX= trap '' 1 2 15 cat > confcache <<\EOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. # If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, # creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure # the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is # what configure does when it calls configure scripts in # subdirectories, so they share the cache. # Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the # --recheck option to rerun configure. # EOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). sed -n \ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" ;; *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' ;; esac >> confcache if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then : else if test -w $cache_file; then echo "updating cache $cache_file" cat confcache > $cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute # the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. # If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' fi trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H # Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. : ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS cat > $CONFIG_STATUS </dev/null | sed 1q`: # # $0 $ac_configure_args # # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" for ac_option do case "\$ac_option" in -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13" exit 0 ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; esac done ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" trap 'rm -fr `echo " Makefile src/Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile doc/C/Makefile doc/zh_CN/Makefile doc/zh_TW/Makefile config/Makefile yiyantang.lsm yiyantang.spec config.h" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < conftest.subs <<\\CEOF $ac_vpsub $extrasub s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g s%@prefix@%$prefix%g s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g s%@bindir@%$bindir%g s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g s%@datadir@%$datadir%g s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g s%@libdir@%$libdir%g s%@includedir@%$includedir%g s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g s%@infodir@%$infodir%g s%@mandir@%$mandir%g s%@ac_aux_dir@%$ac_aux_dir%g s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g s%@ACLOCAL@%$ACLOCAL%g s%@AUTOCONF@%$AUTOCONF%g s%@AUTOMAKE@%$AUTOMAKE%g s%@AUTOHEADER@%$AUTOHEADER%g s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g s%@ISODATE@%$ISODATE%g s%@host@%$host%g s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g s%@host_os@%$host_os%g s%@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@%$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE%g s%@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@%$MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE%g s%@MAINT@%$MAINT%g s%@CC@%$CC%g s%@LIBOBJS@%$LIBOBJS%g s%@CPP@%$CPP%g s%@build@%$build%g s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g s%@build_os@%$build_os%g s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g s%@LIBTOOL@%$LIBTOOL%g s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g s%@GLIBC21@%$GLIBC21%g s%@LIBICONV@%$LIBICONV%g s%@USE_NLS@%$USE_NLS%g s%@MSGFMT@%$MSGFMT%g s%@GMSGFMT@%$GMSGFMT%g s%@XGETTEXT@%$XGETTEXT%g s%@INTLBISON@%$INTLBISON%g s%@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g s%@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g s%@CATALOGS@%$CATALOGS%g s%@CATOBJEXT@%$CATOBJEXT%g s%@GMOFILES@%$GMOFILES%g s%@INTLLIBS@%$INTLLIBS%g s%@INTLOBJS@%$INTLOBJS%g s%@POFILES@%$POFILES%g s%@POSUB@%$POSUB%g s%@DATADIRNAME@%$DATADIRNAME%g s%@INSTOBJEXT@%$INSTOBJEXT%g s%@GENCAT@%$GENCAT%g s%@MKINSTALLDIRS@%$MKINSTALLDIRS%g s%@INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@%$INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX%g CEOF EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. ac_file=1 # Number of current file. ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. ac_more_lines=: ac_sed_cmds="" while $ac_more_lines; do if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file else sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file fi if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then ac_more_lines=false rm -f conftest.s$ac_file else if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" else ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" fi ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` ac_beg=$ac_end ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` fi done if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds=cat fi EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; esac # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then # The file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` else ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= fi case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdir=. if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) # Relative path. srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; esac echo creating "$ac_file" rm -f "$ac_file" configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." case "$ac_file" in *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ # $configure_input" ;; *) ac_comsub= ;; esac ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` sed -e "$ac_comsub s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g " $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file fi; done rm -f conftest.s* # These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where # NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. # # ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines. ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)' ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2' ac_dC='\3' ac_dD='%g' # ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3' ac_uC=' ' ac_uD='\4%g' # ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3' ac_eC=' ' ac_eD='%g' if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF fi for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; esac echo creating $ac_file rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in EOF # Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes # the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. And first: # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. # Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status. rm -f conftest.vals cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF s/[\\&%]/\\&/g s%[\\$`]%\\&%g s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp s%ac_d%ac_u%gp s%ac_u%ac_e%gp EOF sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals rm -f conftest.hdr # This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for # example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */% EOF # Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on # the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too. rm -f conftest.tail while : do ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals` # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems. if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag. echo ' cat > conftest.frag <> $CONFIG_STATUS sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS echo 'CEOF sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out rm -f conftest.in mv conftest.out conftest.in ' >> $CONFIG_STATUS sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail rm -f conftest.vals mv conftest.tail conftest.vals done rm -f conftest.vals cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h cat conftest.in >> conftest.h rm -f conftest.in if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then echo "$ac_file is unchanged" rm -f conftest.h else # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then # The file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" fi rm -f $ac_file mv conftest.h $ac_file fi fi; done EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; esac # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" echo creating "$ac_dir/POTFILES" sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" echo creating "$ac_dir/Makefile" sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" fi ;; esac done exit 0 EOF chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/configure.in0100644000175000017500000000371107311160477015142 0ustar yghyghdnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. dnl Standard macros should be in /usr/share/aclocal/. dnl Always start with AC_INIT with a unique source filename for the project. AC_INIT(src/yiyantang.c) dnl Put intermedia things of autoconf to config/ directory. AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config) AC_SUBST(ac_aux_dir) dnl config.h will have PACKAGE,VERSION defined. AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) dnl Package and version are set here. dnl AC_SUBST(variable) will export the 'variable' to Makefile as @variable@. AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(yiyantang, 0.7.0) AC_SUBST(VERSION) ISODATE=`date +%Y-%m-%d` AC_SUBST(ISODATE) AC_CANONICAL_HOST AM_MAINTAINER_MODE dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros) dnl Check for programs. AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_CC AC_ISC_POSIX dnl Check for libraries. AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS) AC_CHECK_LIB(hz, hz_init, , [AC_MSG_ERROR( You need libhz as included in autoconvert. Please find autoconvert from http://www.debian.org/~ygh .)]) AC_CHECK_LIB(util, forkpty, ,[AC_MSG_ERROR(No forkpty found, won't build.)]) dnl Check and define STDC_HEADERS. dnl Check for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_HEADERS(strings.h unistd.h) AC_CHECK_HEADERS(hz.h, , AC_MSG_ERROR(You should install libhz.h from autoconvert)) dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C_CONST AC_TYPE_SIZE_T dnl Checks for library functions. dnl Check for getopt in standard library AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long , , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt.o getopt1.o"]) dnl Installed program can be renamed. AC_ARG_PROGRAM AM_PROG_LIBTOOL ALL_LINGUAS="" AM_GNU_GETTEXT dnl Export variables to 'Makefile's as @VARIABLE@. AC_SUBST(CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS) AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS) dnl List files that should be generated by 'configure'. dnl Normally Makefile from Makefile.in which is from Makefile.am dnl by automake. AC_OUTPUT([ Makefile src/Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile doc/C/Makefile doc/zh_CN/Makefile doc/zh_TW/Makefile config/Makefile yiyantang.lsm yiyantang.spec ]) yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/texinfo.tex0100644000175000017500000062502707310433136015033 0ustar yghygh% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2001-05-24.08} % % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, % 2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at % your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. % % In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. % You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve % what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) % ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex % ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex % (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list). % /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. % The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps. % The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get % the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t % We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} \hyphenation{eshell} \hyphenation{white-space} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen \bindingoffset \newdimen \normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen }% \else \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen }% \fi % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 2\baselineskip \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \turnoffactive \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg#1{% \let\next = #1% \begingroup \obeylines \futurelet\temp\parseargx } % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. \def\parseargx{% % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. \ifx\obeyedspace\temp \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace \else \expandafter\parseargline \fi } % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). {\obeyspaces % \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. % % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. \argremovec #1\c\relax % \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % % % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% }% } % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is % just to delimit the argument to the \c. \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the % result to \toks0. % % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. % \def\removeactivespaces#1{% \begingroup \ignoreactivespaces \edef\temp{#1}% \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% \endgroup } % Change the active space to expand to nothing. % \begingroup \obeyspaces \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} \endgroup \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} \def\ENVcheck{% \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} \def\beginxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else \csname #1\endcsname\fi} % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} \def\endxxx #1{% \removeactivespaces{#1}% \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% \else \unmatchedenderror\endthing \fi \else % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. \csname E\endthing\endcsname \fi } % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. % \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% } % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. % \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% } % Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in % \nonfillstart and \quotations). \newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt \def\singlespace{% % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below % environments. --karl, 6may93 %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip %\kern \baselineskip}% \setleading \singlespaceskip } %% Simple single-character @ commands % @@ prints an @ % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). \def\@{{\tt\char64}} % This is turned off because it was never documented % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' %% but suppressing ligatures. %\def\`{{`}} %\def\'{{'}} % Used to generate quoted braces. \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% @endgroup % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \t \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % \def\group{\begingroup \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi % % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% \egroup % End the \vtop. \endgroup % End the \group. }% % \vtop\bgroup % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. \everypar = {\strut}% % % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's % normal interline spacing. \offinterlineskip % % OK, but now we have to do something about blank % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an % empty paragraph. \ifx\par\lisppar \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% % % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. \obeylines \fi % % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \def\need{\parsearg\needx} % Old definition--didn't work. %\def\needx #1{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} \def\needx#1{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break \let\br = \par % @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter % font as three actual period characters. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 1.5em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 2em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% \spacefactor=3000 } % @page forces the start of a new page % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\include{\begingroup \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`~=12 \catcode`^=12 \catcode`_=12 \catcode`|=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 \catcode`+=12 \parsearg\includezzz} % Restore active chars for included file. \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. \def\thisfile{#1}% \input\thisfile \endgroup} \def\thisfile{} % @center line outputs that line, centered \def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} \def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \centerline{#1}}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \commentxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} \def\doparagraphindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} \def\doexampleindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math means output in math mode. % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control % sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, % we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they % should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a % control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. % % This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it % seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. % \let\implicitmath = $ \def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \iflinks \readauxfile \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi \closein1 \temp % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % Called from \setfilename. % \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \pdffalse \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\linkcolor = \relax \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \else \pdftrue \pdfoutput = 1 \input pdfcolor \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\imagewidth{#2}% \def\imageheight{#3}% \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \pdfimage \else \pdfximage \fi \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.pdf% \else {#1.pdf}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1} xyz} \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@} \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1\else\bgroup \closein 1 \indexnofonts \def\tt{} \let\_ = \normalunderscore % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace % \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} \input \jobname.toc \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \input \jobname.toc \egroup\fi }} \def\makelinks #1,{% \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% \ifx\params\E \let\nextmakelinks=\relax \else \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi \picknum{#1}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% \linkcolor #1% \advance\lnkcount by 1% \endlink \fi \nextmakelinks } \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} \def\pn#1{% \def\p{#1}% \ifx\p\lbrace \let\nextpn=\ppn \else \let\nextpn=\ppnn \def\first{#1} \fi \nextpn } \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% \let\value=\expandablevalue \leavevmode\Red \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% % #1 \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}} \linkcolor #1\endlink} \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} % Font-change commands. % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this one. \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} % Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt). \newcount\mainmagstep \mainmagstep=\magstephalf % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\undefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} \ifx\bigger\relax \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} \else \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \fi % Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep % A few fonts for @defun, etc. \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\authorrm{\secrm} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 % Section fonts (14.4pt). \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 % \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. % \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. % \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} %\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. %\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than %\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. %\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} %\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} %\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, % but that is not a standard magnification. % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we % don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would % also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to % redefine \bf itself. \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \resetmathfonts} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? \def\smallfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}} % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \textfonts % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} \def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic \let\cite=\smartslanted \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% \null } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} \font\keysy=cmsy9 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % The old definition, with no lozenge: %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} % @file, @option are the same as @samp. \let\file=\samp \let\option=\samp % @code is a modification of @t, % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1% }% \null } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex } % % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, % just treat them as a normal -. \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} %\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% \def\arg{#1}% \ifx\arg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\arg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\arg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro, % the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.) \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} % For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. \let\url=\code \let\env=\code \let\command=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in % a hypertex \special here. % \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \code{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. \def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. \def\pounds{{\it\$}} \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. % \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% % \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% % % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % % Now you can print the title using @title. \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Now you can put text using @subtitle. \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% % % @author should come last, but may come many times. \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \oldpage \let\page = \oldpage \hbox{}}% % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % If they want short, they certainly want long too. \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \shortcontents \contents \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \global\let\contents = \relax \fi % \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \contents \global\let\contents = \relax \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi % \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi % \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make Tex use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} {\catcode`\@=0 % \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip } \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % }% unbind the catcode of @. % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\HEADINGSoff{ \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\undefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following % \baselineskip glue. \nobreak \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} % Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\dontindex #1{} \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% {\obeyspaces % \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% \aboveenvbreak % \begingroup % \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. \let\itemindex=#1% \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % \def\itemfont{#2}% \itemmax=\tableindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\item = \internalBitem % \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % } % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} \def\itemizezzz #1{% \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} } \def\itemizey #1#2{% \aboveenvbreak % \itemmax=\itemindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \itemindent % \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent = 0pt % \parskip = \smallskipamount % \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \def\itemcontents{#1}% \let\item=\itemizeitem} % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % These are `.?!:;,' \def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate % % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% \flushcr} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it % will parse correctly, i.e., % % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 % template} % Not: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} % {Column 3 template} % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which % is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we % just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the % percent of \hsize for this column. \def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator; % typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is % not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we % encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{&} % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} \def\dotable#1{\bgroup \vskip\parskip \let\item\crcr \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}% % % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. % The table preamble % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. \everycr{\noalign{% % % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. \global\colcount=0\relax}}% % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking % characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr } \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on % current baselineskip. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, %% to keep lines equally spaced \let\multistrut = \strut \else %% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 width0pt\relax} \fi %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{conditionals,} % Prevent errors for section commands. % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. \def\ignoresections{% \let\chapter=\relax \let\unnumbered=\relax \let\top=\relax \let\unnumberedsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax \let\section=\relax \let\subsec=\relax \let\subsubsec=\relax \let\subsection=\relax \let\subsubsection=\relax \let\appendix=\relax \let\appendixsec=\relax \let\appendixsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax \let\contents=\relax \let\smallbook=\relax \let\titlepage=\relax } % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used % incorrectly. % \def\ignoremorecommands{% \let\defcodeindex = \relax \let\defcv = \relax \let\deffn = \relax \let\deffnx = \relax \let\defindex = \relax \let\defivar = \relax \let\defmac = \relax \let\defmethod = \relax \let\defop = \relax \let\defopt = \relax \let\defspec = \relax \let\deftp = \relax \let\deftypefn = \relax \let\deftypefun = \relax \let\deftypeivar = \relax \let\deftypeop = \relax \let\deftypevar = \relax \let\deftypevr = \relax \let\defun = \relax \let\defvar = \relax \let\defvr = \relax \let\ref = \relax \let\xref = \relax \let\printindex = \relax \let\pxref = \relax \let\settitle = \relax \let\setchapternewpage = \relax \let\setchapterstyle = \relax \let\everyheading = \relax \let\evenheading = \relax \let\oddheading = \relax \let\everyfooting = \relax \let\evenfooting = \relax \let\oddfooting = \relax \let\headings = \relax \let\include = \relax \let\lowersections = \relax \let\down = \relax \let\raisesections = \relax \let\up = \relax \let\set = \relax \let\clear = \relax \let\item = \relax } % Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. % \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} % Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. % \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory = \comment % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. % \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \catcode32 = 10 % % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. \catcode`\{ = 9 \catcode`\} = 9 % % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. \catcode`\@ = 12 % % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) % @c @end ifinfo % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) \catcode`\c = 14 % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext } % What we do to finish off ignored text. % \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse \def\obstexwarn{% \ifwarnedobs\relax\else % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. \immediate\write16{} \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} \immediate\write16{} \global\warnedobstrue \fi } % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), % uncomment the following line: %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. % \def\nestedignore#1{% \obstexwarn % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. % \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the % @end command again. \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% % % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we % undefine them. % % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. \ignoremorecommands % % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of % stuff compared to the main input. % \nullfont \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont \let\tensf=\nullfont % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample). \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont \let\smallsf=\nullfont % % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. \tracinglostchars = 0 % % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. \frenchspacing % % Don't report underfull hboxes. \hbadness = 10000 % % Do minimal line-breaking. \pretolerance = 10000 % % Do not execute instructions in @tex \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% % Do not execute macro definitions. % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid % losing inside @example, for instance. % \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. \parsearg\setxxx} \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \fi \endgroup } % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. { \catcode`\_ = \active % % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any % such active characters to their normal equivalents. \gdef\value{\begingroup \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore \valuexxx} } \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones % whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything % about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result % winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value % contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail % (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a % one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % \def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} \def\ifsetxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifsetfail \else \expandafter\ifsetsucceed \fi } \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} \defineunmatchedend{ifset} % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % \def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} \def\ifclearxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifclearsucceed \else \expandafter\ifclearfail \fi } \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text % following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' % (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. % \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} \defineunmatchedend{iftex} \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} % We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it % at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no % effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must % define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't % just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since % the @ifset might be nested.) % \def\conditionalsucceed#1{% \edef\temp{% % Remember the current value of \E#1. \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% % % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% }% \temp } % We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the % control sequences after we've constructed them. % \def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} \def\indexdummies{% \def\ { }% % Take care of the plain tex accent commands. \def\"{\realbackslash "}% \def\`{\realbackslash `}% \def\'{\realbackslash '}% \def\^{\realbackslash ^}% \def\~{\realbackslash ~}% \def\={\realbackslash =}% \def\b{\realbackslash b}% \def\c{\realbackslash c}% \def\d{\realbackslash d}% \def\u{\realbackslash u}% \def\v{\realbackslash v}% \def\H{\realbackslash H}% % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% \def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% \def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% \def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% \def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% \def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% \def\o{\realbackslash o}% \def\O{\realbackslash O}% \def\l{\realbackslash l}% \def\L{\realbackslash L}% \def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% % Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. % (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to % laboriously list every single command here.) \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% \def\w{\realbackslash w }% \def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% %\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% \def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% \def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% \def\less{\realbackslash less}% \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% \def\result{\realbackslash result}% \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% \def\print{\realbackslash print}% \def\error{\realbackslash error}% \def\point{\realbackslash point}% \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% \def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}% \def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}% \def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}% \def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}% \def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}% \def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% \def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% \def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% \def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% \def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% \def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% \def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% \def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% \def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% \def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% \def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}% % % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any % (non-fully-expandable) commands. \let\value = \expandablevalue % \unsepspaces % Turn off macro expansion \turnoffmacros } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). {\obeyspaces \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} % \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. % This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. \def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} \def\indexdummytex{TeX} \def\indexdummydots{...} \def\indexnofonts{% % Just ignore accents. \let\,=\indexdummyfont \let\"=\indexdummyfont \let\`=\indexdummyfont \let\'=\indexdummyfont \let\^=\indexdummyfont \let\~=\indexdummyfont \let\==\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\c=\indexdummyfont \let\d=\indexdummyfont \let\u=\indexdummyfont \let\v=\indexdummyfont \let\H=\indexdummyfont \let\dotless=\indexdummyfont % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{oe}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\AA{AA}% \def\o{o}% \def\O{O}% \def\l{l}% \def\L{L}% \def\ss{ss}% \let\w=\indexdummyfont \let\t=\indexdummyfont \let\r=\indexdummyfont \let\i=\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\emph=\indexdummyfont \let\strong=\indexdummyfont \let\cite=\indexdummyfont \let\sc=\indexdummyfont %Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... %\let\tt=\indexdummyfont \let\tclose=\indexdummyfont \let\code=\indexdummyfont \let\url=\indexdummyfont \let\uref=\indexdummyfont \let\env=\indexdummyfont \let\acronym=\indexdummyfont \let\command=\indexdummyfont \let\option=\indexdummyfont \let\file=\indexdummyfont \let\samp=\indexdummyfont \let\kbd=\indexdummyfont \let\key=\indexdummyfont \let\var=\indexdummyfont \let\TeX=\indexdummytex \let\dots=\indexdummydots \def\@{@}% } % To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. % We must first make another character (@) an escape % so we do not become unable to do a definition. {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % For \ifx comparisons. \def\emptymacro{\empty} % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception % is with defuns, which call us directly. % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% \fi {% \count255=\lastpenalty {% \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \escapechar=`\\ {% \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % \def\thirdarg{#3}% % % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \let\subentry = \empty \else \def\subentry{ #3}% \fi % % First process the index entry with all font commands turned % off to get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% % % Now the real index entry with the fonts. \toks0 = {#2}% % % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index % line to write. \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}% \fi % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences % like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi \fi % \temp % do the write % % \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% }% \penalty\count255 }% } % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \indexbreaks % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. \def\initial#1{{% % Some minor font changes for the special characters. \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \penalty -300 % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip % % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak }} % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent = 2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking % parameters we've set above will have an effect. \noindent % % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. #1% % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \def\tempa{{\rm }}% \def\tempb{#2}% \edef\tempc{\tempa}% \edef\tempd{\tempb}% \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. \fi \fi% \par \endgroup} % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else #2 \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. % \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % % All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the % current page, no automatic page break. \balancecolumns % % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, % though, there will be another page break right after this \output % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes % the output somewhat more palatable.) \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } % % Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% % \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % Choose a numbered-heading macro % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections % #2 is text for heading \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#2} \or \seczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2} \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#2} \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2} \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2} \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2} \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#2} \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2} \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}}}% \temp \donoderef \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz \def\appendixzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% \chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} % @top is like @unnumbered. \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz \def\unnumberedzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% % \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % Sections. \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry% {\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsubsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry% {\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit % overlong headings to fold. % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon \def\CHAPFplain{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} % Plain chapter opening. % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. \def\chfplain#1#2{% \pchapsepmacro {% \chapfonts \rm \def\chapnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % Plain opening for unnumbered. \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerchfplain#1{{% \def\centerparametersmaybe{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt }% \chfplain{#1}{}% }} \CHAPFplain % The default \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} % Subsection titles. \newskip \subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} % Subsubsection titles. \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} % Print any size section title. % % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% {% \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname }% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm % % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. \def\secnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% % \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #3}% }% \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. % % We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other % given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\writetocentry#1{% \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \pdfmakeoutlines \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents \ifpdf \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% \fi % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. % \newdimen\shortappendixwidth % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language. \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}% \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 % % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi % % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% } \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} % Subsections. \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % And subsubsections. \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we % have to do the usual translation tricks. \entry{#1}{#2}% \endgroup} % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. \newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox \newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox \newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox %{\tentt %\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} %\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} %\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} %\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} % Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) %\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex % depth .1ex\hfil} %} % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. \def\point{$\star$} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{ \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % The @error{} command. \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. \def\tex{\begingroup \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode 43=12 % plus \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\==12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \escapechar=`\\ % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% \let\Etex=\endgroup} % Define @lisp ... @endlisp. % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % {\obeyspaces % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is % for use in \parsearg. {\sepspaces% \global\let\obeyedspace= } % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \long\def\cartouche{% \begingroup \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing=\comment \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \hsize=\cartinner \kern3pt \begingroup \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \def\Ecartouche{% \endgroup \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \endgroup }} % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \singlespace \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing % at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \let\exdent=\nofillexdent \let\nonarrowing=\relax \fi } % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. % % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be % inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after % the environment. % \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. \def\lisp{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish \tt \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @example: Same as @lisp. \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook % redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the % definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or % whatever) command. % % This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an % @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. % \def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display} \def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} \def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} \def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. \def\smalllispx{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \lisp } % @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \def\display{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts. % \def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \rm \display } % @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \def\format{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts. % \def\smallformatx{\begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \rm \format } % @flushleft (same as @format). % \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} % @flushright. % \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble } % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % \def\quotation{% \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \singlespace \parindent=0pt % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~} % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} % % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font \begingroup \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} \endgroup % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen0 by\tabw \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox }% } \endgroup \def\setupverbatim{% % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \tt \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabexpand % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}' % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] %% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know %% \begingroup %% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 %% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active %% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ %% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] %% |endgroup \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}} \endgroup % \def\verbatim{% \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim } % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\verbatiminclude{% \begingroup \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`~=12 \catcode`^=12 \catcode`_=12 \catcode`|=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 \catcode`+=12 \parsearg\doverbatiminclude } \def\setupverbatiminclude{% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim } % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% % Restore active chars for included file. \endgroup \begingroup \def\thisfile{#1}% \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. % Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\parencount % define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. % \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} % This is used to turn on special parens % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested \global\advance\parencount by 1 } % % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } % \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi \global\advance \parencount by -1 } % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } % \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} } % End of definition inside \activeparens %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } \let\ampnr = \& \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} % Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. { \catcode`& = 13 \global\let& = \ampnr } % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. % #1 should be the function name. % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". \def\defname #1#2{% % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were % outside the @def... \dimen2=\leftskip \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent \noindent \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) % ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, % but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, % so that \rightline will obey them. \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}% % Make all lines underfull and no complaints: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name } % Actually process the body of a definition % #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. % #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. % #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, % such as \defunheader. \def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' \obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. % \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} % Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. % #5 is the method's return type. % \def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV \medbreak \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} % Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an % extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it % being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have % to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the % input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for % the \E... definition to assign the category name to. % \def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV \medbreak \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {% \def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}} \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones % except that they do not make parens into active characters. % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % \obeylines\spacesplit#3} % This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for % some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. % \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% \begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines } \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% } % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody % % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and % won't strip off the braces. % \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty } % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the % braces (if any). That's what this does. % \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 % (which might be empty) the arguments. % \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% }% \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % Split up #2 at the first space token. % call #1 with two arguments: % the first is all of #2 before the space token, % the second is all of #2 after that space token. % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg % and the second is passed as empty. {\obeylines \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% \long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% \ifx\relax #3% #1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} % So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. % Define @defun. % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% #1% {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak } \def\deftypefunargs #1{% % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. \boldbraxnoamp \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak } % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. % @deffn Command forward-char nchars \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defun == @deffn Function \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents % at least some C++ text from working \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defmac == @deffn Macro \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defspec == @deffn Special Form \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... % \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} % \def\defopheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... % \def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader \deftypeopcategory} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. \def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... % \def\deftypemethod{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME % \def\deftypeivar{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defmethod == @defop Method % \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. \def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \defunargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME % \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} % \def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak} % @defvr Counter foo-count \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} % @defvar == @defvr Variable \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @deftypevar int foobar \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} % @deftp Class window height width ... \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} % These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. % \def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} \def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} \def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} \def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} \def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} \def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} \def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} \def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} \def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} \def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} \def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. \toks0={#1\endinput}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces \input \jobname.tmp \endgroup } \else \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} \fi \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? \def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\let \expandafter\expandafter \csname#1\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname} % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\macrobodyctxt{% \catcode`\~=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\+=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\^^M=12 \usembodybackslash} \def\macroargctxt{% \catcode`\~=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\+=12 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\\=12} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% % Add the macroname to \macrolist \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} \def\unmacroxxx#1{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist \begingroup \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% \def\do##1{% \def\tempb{##1}% \ifx\tempa\tempb % remove this \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}% \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}% \fi}% \def\newmacrolist{}% % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist \macrolist \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1% \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \fi \fi} \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} % We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not % expanded by \write. \def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. \def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces \edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% \expandafter\endgroup\next} \message{cross references,} % @xref etc. \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's job is to define \lastnode. \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} \def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\relax % The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. \def\donoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Ysectionnumberandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\unnumbnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\appendixnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Yappendixletterandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister \gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely % NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have % to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title % aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the % first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. % \def\setref#1#2{{% \indexdummies \pdfmkdest{#1}% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% }} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. \ifpdf \leavevmode \getfilename{#4}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}% \else \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto name{#1@}% \fi \linkcolor \fi % \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\normalturnoffactive % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % [mynode], [\printednodename],\space % page 3 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi \endlink \endgroup} % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros % Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) \def\dosetq#1#2{% {\let\folio=0% \normalturnoffactive \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% \iflinks \next \fi }% } % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into % CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} % When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character \def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} \def\Ytitle{\thissection} \def\Ynothing{} \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \gdef\xreftie{'tie} % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. \def\refx#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \csname X#1\endcsname \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. % \def\xrdef#1{\begingroup % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. \catcode`\\ = 0 \afterassignment\endgroup \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. \def\readauxfile{\begingroup \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters {% \count 1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count 1=\other \advance\count 1 by 1 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`\'=0 \catcode`\\=\other % \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue \global\warnedobstrue \fi % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \endgroup} % Footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \footnotezzz }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Hang the footnote text off the number. \hang \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } \def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} \def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup} }%end \catcode `\@=11 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % \def\setleading#1{% \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \ifpdf \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \else % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \nobreak\bigskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% \bigbreak \else % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi \endgroup \fi } \message{localization,} % and i18n. % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. % \def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} \def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file if it exists. \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \let\temp = \relax \else \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% \fi \temp \endgroup } \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most % likely, but for now just recognize it. \let\documentencoding = \comment % Page size parameters. % \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 2000 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; % 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can % set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \pageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \pagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % Use `small' versions. % \def\smallenvironments{% \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx \let\smallexample = \smalllispx \let\smallformat = \smallformatx \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{13.2pt}% % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \setleading{12pt}% % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \deftypemargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm \smallenvironments }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{12pt}% \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{12.5pt}% \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt % \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0mm \deftypemargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm % \smallenvironments }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{13.6pt}% % \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. \def\afourwide{% \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 } % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{13.2pt}% % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} \def\normalunderscore{_} \def\normalverticalbar{|} \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} \def\normaldollar{$} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt\char126}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar} %\catcode 27=\active %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. {\catcode`\==\active \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} \catcode`\@=0 % \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ %{\catcode`\\=\other %@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} % \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. {\catcode`\\=\active @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters % even after parsing them. @def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@realbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar} @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@normalbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. @catcode`@& = @other @catcode`@# = @other @catcode`@% = @other @c Set initial fonts. @textfonts @rm @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/yiyantang.lsm.in0100644000175000017500000000126507311102043015741 0ustar yghyghBegin3 Title: yiyantang Version: @VERSION@ Entered-date: @ISODATE@ Description: Charset tty converts between different charset on a tty @configure_input@ Please edit yiyantang.lsm.in to fix the Keywords and Primary-site entries, add several more lines of description here if appropriate, and to delete these instructions. Fuck it, why I have to do this? Someone please do this. Keywords: [substitute your keywords here] Author: hashao@chinese.com (ha shao) Maintained-by: hashao@chinese.com (ha shao) Primary-site: yiyantang.on.openave.net/ 31k yiyantang-@VERSION@.tar.gz 500 yiyantang.lsm Alternate-site: Original-site: Platforms: Copying-policy: GNU copyleft End yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/yiyantang.spec.in0100644000175000017500000000254007273265605016122 0ustar yghygh%define name yiyantang %define version @VERSION@ %define release 1 %define builddir $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{version} Name: %{name} Version: %{version} Release: %{release} Vendor: ha shao Packager: ha shao hashao@chinese.com #URL: Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz #Patch: Group: Application/Generic Copyright: GPL #Icon: #Requires: BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{version} Summary: Charset tty converts between different charset on a tty %description Charset tty converts between different charset on a tty @configure_input@ Please edit yiyantang.spec.in to add several more lines of description here if appropriate, and to delete these instructions. What if I don't do it? %prep %setup -n %{name}-%{version} #%patch -p1 %build CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure --prefix=%{_prefix} make %install if [ -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT ]; then rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT; fi mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT make install DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT # Build the file-list automagically :) cd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT find . -type d | sed '1,2d;s,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) \%dir ,' > $RPM_BUILD_DIR/file.list.%{name} find . -type f | sed 's,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) ,' >> $RPM_BUILD_DIR/file.list.%{name} find . -type l | sed 's,^\.,\%attr(-\,root\,root) ,' >> $RPM_BUILD_DIR/file.list.%{name} %clean rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT rm ../file.list.%{name} %files -f ../file.list.%{name} %doc README yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/reconf0100755000175000017500000000122207311147441014022 0ustar yghygh# Copyright (C) 2001, ha shao # # This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the # implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. #!/bin/sh set -x -e rm -f config.cache # libtoolize # rm -f acconfig.h # Find autoconf stuff in ./config/ aclocal -I config # acconfig autoheader automake --add-missing autoconf exit yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/BUGS0100644000175000017500000000014107263352677013321 0ustar yghygh* Having problem with some termcap code. Don't know why. Seems we need to reset libhz somehow. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/CREDIT0100644000175000017500000000000007311101647013504 0ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/HACKING0100644000175000017500000000566607311162322013622 0ustar yghyghyiyantang.c sig_winch() handle master pty size change. main function. Parse configurations. Get psuedo tty. Start Command with child process. hook up atexit function in setty.c to clean up tty when exit. hook up window size change signal to handle window size. start loop for conversion. yiyantang_init.c Parse command line with opt. Set up things we need. We use gengetopt to generate getopt parse automatically. cmdline.c getopt parsing functions generated by gengetopt. The source file is in cmdline.ggo. Add command line options here. setty.c Set up psuedo tty. We will use the forkpty which is in now. Which might not be portable but I don't want to be burdened with portibility. Use glibc! It is free and good! Since we use forkpty, now only provide some utility functions to manipulate tty in this file. loop.c The actual loop that read/write b/w master tty and Input/Output. Struct curconfig keep the current state of the program. fromcode: Should be called incoming code. (convert-from) tocode: local encoding. (convert-to) We use 'select' to handle READ/WRITE. Standard input will be convert to 'fromcode' if we know what 'fromcode' is. We always know what 'tocode' is. Before doing conversion, parse_input() will search for specific input that controls the program's working mode. The mode can disable/enable conversion, set 'fromcode' in case we always guess wrong. Standard output buffer are feed to zhconv() for guess/convert. In order to make output string encoding guess accurate, we will break buffer at the hanzi boundary (hzsegment) before feed the code for guess/convert. Also record buffer boundary which helps for cursors like programs. see zhconv() parseinput.c Search input keys for commands that control the program's operation. hzsegment.c Break hanzi into segments at the boundary of the hanzi. We don't use newline as boundary because for curses like program, newline is not use for line breaking. Whitespace is ignored because there are might whitespace insert b/w hanzi for easier line breaking. zhconv.c Actual hanzi guessing and conversion program. Won't guess if 'fromcode' is known. Won't convert if 'tocode' is 0. And reset half-hanzi when we are at not at buffer boundary. So half-hanzi in the last hzsegment won't be carried over to the next hzsegment. Necessary for cursors/slang programs which don't take care about double-byte encodings. zhinit.c Don't need this anymore when we switched to hz_setup->hz_search-> hz_convert method of libhz. Initialize zh-autoconvert libhz. We search and convert functions in libhz in the future might eliminate this file. yyt_util.c Some utility functions found in "Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment". We don't really need it. test_hzsegment.c Test program for hzsegment. /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/USAGE0100644000175000017500000000216607311147302013413 0ustar yghyghGeneral: ======== Just type 'yyt' and it will run. Type 'exit' to quit. Type 'yyt -h' for a brief help message. Encoding Control: ================= Inside yyt, type ctrl-y to active yyt control mode. Then type a one character long control mode key. The control mode controls how the incomoing strings are encoded (i.e. it is the fromcode). Parse keyboard input. Trigger key: ctrl-y Known commands: r: Reset d: Disable any conversion a: Autodetect g: GB b: BIG5 h: HZ u: UCS 7: UTF-7 8: UTF-8 y: output ctrl-y (So we did not lose the functionality of ctrl-y, hopefully.) else: Other keys are ignored. * Since we capture ctrl-y, you can use ctrl-y to test if you are in yyt. Outside yyt, ctrl-y will beep under a shell, inside, it won't beep. Input Conversion: ================= When incoming encoding is set, yyt also convert your input from your local encoding to the incoming encoding. You won't want to use both input conversion and auto-detect at the same time. It will be annoying at the least. You can turn on auto-dect mode by "ctrl-y a" when you are done with input. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400716013573 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/ChangeLog0100644000175000017500000000011007303735653015344 0ustar yghygh2001-05-23 GNU * Version 0.10.38 released. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000002314507303735653015654 0ustar yghygh# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. # Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ top_builddir = .. VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ transform = @program_transform_name@ libdir = @libdir@ includedir = @includedir@ datadir = @datadir@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl aliaspath = $(localedir) subdir = intl INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ AR = ar CC = @CC@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \ localcharset.c OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \ plural.$lo localcharset.$lo GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) DISTFILES.generated = plural.c DISTFILES.normal = VERSION DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c # Libtool's library version information for libintl. # Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this # according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". # Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* # change these values. LTV_CURRENT=1 LTV_REVISION=1 LTV_AGE=0 .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed .c.o: $(COMPILE) $< .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< .y.c: $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< rm -f $*.h .sin.sed: sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@ mv t-$@ $@ INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la all-no-no: libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) rm -f $@ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) $(RANLIB) $@ libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ -rpath $(libdir) \ -no-undefined libintl.h: libgnuintl.h cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias: config.charset $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ mv t-$@ $@ check: all # This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which # only use the library should use install instead. # We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a # system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a # separate library. # If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the # package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. install: install-exec install-data install-exec: all if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ else \ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ orig=charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ fi; \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ rm -f $$temp; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data: all if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ rm -f $$dest; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ fi; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ rm -f $$dest; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ fi; \ rm -f $$temp; \ fi; \ else \ : ; \ fi if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi info dvi: $(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) id: ID ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) mostlyclean: rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.* rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed rm -f -r .libs _libs clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile ID TAGS if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ else \ : ; \ fi maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." # GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some # other files which should not be distributed in other packages. distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: Makefile if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ else \ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ fi; \ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ done Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status cd .. \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/config.charset0100755000175000017500000003173707303735653016440 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. # # Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, # USA. # # The table consists of lines of the form # ALIAS CANONICAL # # ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". # ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. # # CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. # It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is # also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case # MIME charset name is preferred. # The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. # # name used by which systems a MIME name? # ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd # ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes # ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes # ISO-8859-3 glibc yes # ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes # ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes # ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes # ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes # ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes # ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes # ISO-8859-13 glibc # ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd # KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes # KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes # CP437 dos # CP775 dos # CP850 aix osf dos # CP852 dos # CP855 dos # CP856 aix # CP857 dos # CP861 dos # CP862 dos # CP864 dos # CP865 dos # CP866 freebsd dos # CP869 dos # CP874 win32 dos # CP922 aix # CP932 aix win32 dos # CP943 aix # CP949 osf win32 dos # CP950 win32 dos # CP1046 aix # CP1124 aix # CP1129 aix # CP1250 win32 # CP1251 glibc win32 # CP1252 aix win32 # CP1253 win32 # CP1254 win32 # CP1255 win32 # CP1256 win32 # CP1257 win32 # GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes # EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes # EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes # EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris # BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes # BIG5HKSCS glibc # GBK aix osf win32 dos # GB18030 glibc # SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd # JOHAB glibc win32 # TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris # VISCII glibc yes # HP-ROMAN8 hpux # HP-ARABIC8 hpux # HP-GREEK8 hpux # HP-HEBREW8 hpux # HP-TURKISH8 hpux # HP-KANA8 hpux # DEC-KANJI osf # DEC-HANYU osf # UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes # # Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in # Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). # # Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications # must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. # # The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM host="$1" os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." # List of references, updated during installation: echo "# Packages using this file: " case "$os" in linux* | *-gnu*) # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not # need to install the alias file at all. # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" ;; aix*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "IBM-850 CP850" echo "IBM-856 CP856" echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" echo "IBM-922 CP922" echo "IBM-932 CP932" echo "IBM-943 CP943" echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "GBK GBK" echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; hpux*) echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" echo "tis620 TIS-620" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" echo "hp15CN GB2312" #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? echo "SJIS SJIS" echo "utf8 UTF-8" ;; irix*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "eucCN GB2312" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ;; osf*) echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "cp850 CP850" echo "big5 BIG5" echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" echo "dechanzi GB2312" echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" echo "deckorean EUC-KR" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "eucKR EUC-KR" echo "eucTW EUC-TW" echo "GBK GBK" echo "KSC5601 CP949" echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" echo "SJIS SJIS" echo "TACTIS TIS-620" echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; solaris*) echo "646 ASCII" echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" echo "BIG5 BIG5" echo "gb2312 GB2312" echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" echo "5601 EUC-KR" echo "eucJP EUC-JP" echo "PCK SJIS" echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ;; freebsd*) # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. echo "C ASCII" echo "US-ASCII ASCII" for l in la_LN lt_LN; do echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" done for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" done for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" done for l in la_LN lt_LT; do echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" done for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" echo "$l.CP866 CP866" done echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS" echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS" echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" ;; beos*) # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. echo "* UTF-8" ;; msdosdjgpp*) # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name # from the environment variables. echo "#" echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " echo "# and Bruno Haible ." echo "#" echo "C ASCII" # ISO-8859-1 languages echo "ca CP850" echo "ca_ES CP850" echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "de CP850" echo "de_AT CP850" echo "de_CH CP850" echo "de_DE CP850" echo "en CP850" echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "en_CA CP850" echo "en_GB CP850" echo "en_NZ CP437" echo "en_US CP437" echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "es CP850" echo "es_AR CP850" echo "es_BO CP850" echo "es_CL CP850" echo "es_CO CP850" echo "es_CR CP850" echo "es_CU CP850" echo "es_DO CP850" echo "es_EC CP850" echo "es_ES CP850" echo "es_GT CP850" echo "es_HN CP850" echo "es_MX CP850" echo "es_NI CP850" echo "es_PA CP850" echo "es_PY CP850" echo "es_PE CP850" echo "es_SV CP850" echo "es_UY CP850" echo "es_VE CP850" echo "et CP850" echo "et_EE CP850" echo "eu CP850" echo "eu_ES CP850" echo "fi CP850" echo "fi_FI CP850" echo "fr CP850" echo "fr_BE CP850" echo "fr_CA CP850" echo "fr_CH CP850" echo "fr_FR CP850" echo "ga CP850" echo "ga_IE CP850" echo "gd CP850" echo "gd_GB CP850" echo "gl CP850" echo "gl_ES CP850" echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? echo "it CP850" echo "it_CH CP850" echo "it_IT CP850" echo "lt CP775" echo "lt_LT CP775" echo "lv CP775" echo "lv_LV CP775" echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nl CP850" echo "nl_BE CP850" echo "nl_NL CP850" echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? echo "pt CP850" echo "pt_BR CP850" echo "pt_PT CP850" echo "sv CP850" echo "sv_SE CP850" # ISO-8859-2 languages echo "cs CP852" echo "cs_CZ CP852" echo "hr CP852" echo "hr_HR CP852" echo "hu CP852" echo "hu_HU CP852" echo "pl CP852" echo "pl_PL CP852" echo "ro CP852" echo "ro_RO CP852" echo "sk CP852" echo "sk_SK CP852" echo "sl CP852" echo "sl_SI CP852" echo "sq CP852" echo "sq_AL CP852" echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? # ISO-8859-3 languages echo "mt CP850" echo "mt_MT CP850" # ISO-8859-5 languages echo "be CP866" echo "be_BE CP866" echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? # ISO-8859-6 languages echo "ar CP864" echo "ar_AE CP864" echo "ar_DZ CP864" echo "ar_EG CP864" echo "ar_IQ CP864" echo "ar_IR CP864" echo "ar_JO CP864" echo "ar_KW CP864" echo "ar_MA CP864" echo "ar_OM CP864" echo "ar_QA CP864" echo "ar_SA CP864" echo "ar_SY CP864" # ISO-8859-7 languages echo "el CP869" echo "el_GR CP869" # ISO-8859-8 languages echo "he CP862" echo "he_IL CP862" # ISO-8859-9 languages echo "tr CP857" echo "tr_TR CP857" # Japanese echo "ja CP932" echo "ja_JP CP932" # Chinese echo "zh_CN GBK" echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? # Korean echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? # Thai echo "th CP874" echo "th_TH CP874" # Other echo "eo CP850" echo "eo_EO CP850" ;; esac yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/locale.alias0100644000175000017500000000510707303735653016057 0ustar yghygh# Locale name alias data base. # Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of # the X Window System, which normally can be found in # /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias # A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. # All entries are case independent. # Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for # your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share # it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to # bugs@gnu.org. # Packages using this file: bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8 hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 japanese ja_JP.eucJP japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS korean ko_KR.eucKR korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 thai th_TH.TIS-620 turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/ref-add.sin0100644000175000017500000000210107303735653015611 0ustar yghygh# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. # # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, # USA. # # Written by Bruno Haible . # /^# Packages using this file: / { s/# Packages using this file:// ta :a s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / tb s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / :b s/^/# Packages using this file:/ } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/ref-del.sin0100644000175000017500000000202407303735653015631 0ustar yghygh# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. # # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # Library General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, # USA. # # Written by Bruno Haible . # /^# Packages using this file: / { s/# Packages using this file:// s/ @PACKAGE@ / / s/^/# Packages using this file:/ } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/gettext.h0100644000175000017500000000600507303735653015440 0ustar yghygh/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXT_H #define _GETTEXT_H 1 #if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC # include #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ #define _MAGIC 0x950412de #define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 /* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ #define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 /* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work when cross-compiling. */ #if __STDC__ # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U #else # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF #endif /* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ #ifndef UINT_MAX # define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS #endif #if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned nls_uint32; #else # if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; # else # if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; # else /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is not portable enough. */ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." # endif # endif #endif /* Header for binary .mo file format. */ struct mo_file_header { /* The magic number. */ nls_uint32 magic; /* The revision number of the file format. */ nls_uint32 revision; /* The number of strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 nstrings; /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; /* Size of hashing table. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; }; struct string_desc { /* Length of addressed string. */ nls_uint32 length; /* Offset of string in file. */ nls_uint32 offset; }; /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettext.h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/gettextP.h0100644000175000017500000001675307303735653015573 0ustar yghygh/* Header describing internals of libintl library. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXTP_H #define _GETTEXTP_H #include /* Get size_t. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" #else # if HAVE_ICONV # include # endif #endif #include "loadinfo.h" #include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif /* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is almost always true or almost always false. */ #ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT # define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) #endif #ifndef W # define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include # define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) #else static inline nls_uint32 SWAP (i) nls_uint32 i; { return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); } #endif /* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the plural form. */ struct expression { int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ enum operator { /* Without arguments: */ var, /* The variable "n". */ num, /* Decimal number. */ /* Unary operators: */ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ /* Binary operators: */ mult, /* Multiplication. */ divide, /* Division. */ module, /* Module operation. */ plus, /* Addition. */ minus, /* Subtraction. */ less_than, /* Comparison. */ greater_than, /* Comparison. */ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ equal, /* Comparision for equality. */ not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */ land, /* Logical AND. */ lor, /* Logical OR. */ /* Ternary operators: */ qmop /* Question mark operator. */ } operation; union { unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ } val; }; /* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get the result in a thread-safe way. */ struct parse_args { const char *cp; struct expression *res; }; /* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ struct loaded_domain { const char *data; int use_mmap; size_t mmap_size; int must_swap; nls_uint32 nstrings; struct string_desc *orig_tab; struct string_desc *trans_tab; nls_uint32 hash_size; nls_uint32 *hash_tab; int codeset_cntr; #ifdef _LIBC __gconv_t conv; #else # if HAVE_ICONV iconv_t conv; # endif #endif char **conv_tab; struct expression *plural; unsigned long int nplurals; }; /* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ # define ZERO 0 #else # define ZERO 1 #endif /* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ struct binding { struct binding *next; char *dirname; int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ char *codeset; char domainname[ZERO]; }; /* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations become invalid. This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, char *__locale, const char *__domainname, struct binding *__domainbinding)) internal_function; void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, struct binding *__domainbinding)) internal_function; void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) internal_function; const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, struct loaded_domain *__domain, struct binding *__domainbinding)) internal_function; void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) internal_function; char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) internal_function; #ifdef _LIBC extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int n)); extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category)); extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, int __plural, unsigned long int __n, int __category)); extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset)); #else extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category)); extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, int __plural, unsigned long int __n, int __category)); extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset)); #endif #ifdef _LIBC extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) internal_function; extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg)); #else extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) internal_function; extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg)); #endif /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettextP.h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/hash-string.h0100644000175000017500000000342007303735653016201 0ustar yghygh/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(Args) Args # else # define PARAMS(Args) () # endif #endif /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ #define HASHWORDBITS 32 /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); static inline unsigned long int hash_string (str_param) const char *str_param; { unsigned long int hval, g; const char *str = str_param; /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ hval = 0; while (*str != '\0') { hval <<= 4; hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); if (g != 0) { hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); hval ^= g; } } return hval; } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/libgnuintl.h0100644000175000017500000001042207303735653016121 0ustar yghygh/* Message catalogs for internationalization. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBINTL_H #define _LIBINTL_H 1 #include /* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H then includes (i.e. this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ #if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H # define LC_MESSAGES 1729 #endif /* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU implementation of gettext. */ #define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 /* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes precedence over _conio_gettext. */ #ifdef __DJGPP__ # undef gettext # define gettext gettext #endif #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); /* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); /* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); /* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the number N. */ extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, int __category)); /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__codeset)); /* Optimized version of the functions above. */ #if defined __OPTIMIZED /* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */ # define gettext(msgid) \ dgettext (NULL, msgid) # define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) # define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \ dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) # define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) #endif /* Optimizing. */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* libintl.h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/libgettext.h0100644000175000017500000000356107303735653016133 0ustar yghygh/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H #define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 /* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ #if ENABLE_NLS /* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ # include #else # define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) # define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) # define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) # define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) # define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) # define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) # define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname)) # define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname)) # define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset)) #endif /* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ #define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) #endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/loadinfo.h0100644000175000017500000000643107303735653015552 0ustar yghygh/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _LOADINFO_H #define _LOADINFO_H 1 #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif /* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is almost always true or almost always false. */ #ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT # define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) #endif /* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ # define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' #else /* Unix */ # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif /* Encoding of locale name parts. */ #define CEN_REVISION 1 #define CEN_SPONSOR 2 #define CEN_SPECIAL 4 #define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 #define XPG_CODESET 16 #define TERRITORY 32 #define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 #define XPG_MODIFIER 128 #define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) #define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) struct loaded_l10nfile { const char *filename; int decided; const void *data; struct loaded_l10nfile *next; struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; }; /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, size_t name_len)); extern struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, const char *modifier, const char *special, const char *sponsor, const char *revision, const char *filename, int do_allocate)); extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); /* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, const char **modifier, const char **territory, const char **codeset, const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special, const char **sponsor, const char **revision)); extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); #endif /* loadinfo.h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/bindtextdom.c0100644000175000017500000002313507303735653016273 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC /* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ # include #else /* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ # define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ # define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ #endif /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; /* List with bindings of specific domains. */ extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ __libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain # define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ # define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ #endif /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)); /* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not modified, only the current value is returned. If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither modified nor returned. */ static void set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) const char *domainname; const char **dirnamep; const char **codesetp; { struct binding *binding; int modified; /* Some sanity checks. */ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') { if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = NULL; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; return; } __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); modified = 0; for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (binding != NULL) { if (dirnamep) { const char *dirname = *dirnamep; if (dirname == NULL) /* The current binding has be to returned. */ *dirnamep = binding->dirname; else { /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the old binding. */ char *result = binding->dirname; if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) { if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (dirname); #else size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) memcpy (result, dirname, len); #endif } if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) { if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) free (binding->dirname); binding->dirname = result; modified = 1; } } *dirnamep = result; } } if (codesetp) { const char *codeset = *codesetp; if (codeset == NULL) /* The current binding has be to returned. */ *codesetp = binding->codeset; else { /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the old binding. */ char *result = binding->codeset; if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (codeset); #else size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) memcpy (result, codeset, len); #endif if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) { if (binding->codeset != NULL) free (binding->codeset); binding->codeset = result; binding->codeset_cntr++; modified = 1; } } *codesetp = result; } } } else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) { /* Simply return the default values. */ if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; } else { /* We have to create a new binding. */ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; struct binding *new_binding = (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) goto failed; memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); if (dirnamep) { const char *dirname = *dirnamep; if (dirname == NULL) /* The default value. */ dirname = _nl_default_dirname; else { if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) dirname = _nl_default_dirname; else { char *result; #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (dirname); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_dirname; #else size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_dirname; memcpy (result, dirname, len); #endif dirname = result; } } *dirnamep = dirname; new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; } else /* The default value. */ new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; if (codesetp) { const char *codeset = *codesetp; if (codeset != NULL) { char *result; #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP result = strdup (codeset); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_codeset; #else size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; result = (char *) malloc (len); if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) goto failed_codeset; memcpy (result, codeset, len); #endif codeset = result; new_binding->codeset_cntr++; } *codesetp = codeset; new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; } else new_binding->codeset = NULL; /* Now enqueue it. */ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) { new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; } else { binding = _nl_domain_bindings; while (binding->next != NULL && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) binding = binding->next; new_binding->next = binding->next; binding->next = new_binding; } modified = 1; /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ if (0) { failed_codeset: if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) free (new_binding->dirname); failed_dirname: free (new_binding); failed: if (dirnamep) *dirnamep = NULL; if (codesetp) *codesetp = NULL; } } /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ if (modified) ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); } /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ char * BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) const char *domainname; const char *dirname; { set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); return (char *) dirname; } /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ char * BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) const char *domainname; const char *codeset; { set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); return (char *) codeset; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/dcgettext.c0100644000175000017500000000337707303735653015753 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ # define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; int category; { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/dgettext.c0100644000175000017500000000334307303735653015601 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DGETTEXT __dgettext # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext #else # define DGETTEXT dgettext__ # define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ char * DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; { return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/gettext.c0100644000175000017500000000350607303735653015436 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define __need_NULL # include #else # include /* Just for NULL. */ #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define GETTEXT __gettext # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext #else # define GETTEXT gettext__ # define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * GETTEXT (msgid) const char *msgid; { return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/finddomain.c0100644000175000017500000001311307303735654016056 0ustar yghygh/* Handle list of needed message catalogs Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* List of already loaded domains. */ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; /* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently established bindings. */ struct loaded_l10nfile * internal_function _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) const char *dirname; char *locale; const char *domainname; struct binding *domainbinding; { struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; const char *language; const char *modifier; const char *territory; const char *codeset; const char *normalized_codeset; const char *special; const char *sponsor; const char *revision; const char *alias_value; int mask; /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] and six parts for the CEN syntax: language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to the following order: (1) revision (2) sponsor (3) special (4) codeset (5) normalized codeset (6) territory (7) audience/modifier */ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); if (retval != NULL) { /* We know something about this locale. */ int cnt; if (retval->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); if (retval->data != NULL) return retval; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; /* NOTREACHED */ } /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is done. */ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); if (alias_value != NULL) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP locale = strdup (alias_value); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; #else size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; locale = (char *) malloc (len); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); #endif } /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, &sponsor, &revision); /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in generalization. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); if (retval == NULL) /* This means we are out of core. */ return NULL; if (retval->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); if (retval->data == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } } /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ if (alias_value != NULL) free (locale); /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) free ((void *) normalized_codeset); return retval; } #ifdef _LIBC static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; while (runp != NULL) { struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; if (runp->data != NULL) _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); runp = runp->next; free ((char *) here->filename); free (here); } } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/loadmsgcat.c0100644000175000017500000003512607303735654016074 0ustar yghygh/* Load needed message catalogs. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #include #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include # include #endif #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) # include # undef HAVE_MMAP # define HAVE_MMAP 1 #else # undef HAVE_MMAP #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include "../locale/localeinfo.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define open __open # define close __close # define read __read # define mmap __mmap # define munmap __munmap #endif /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse #else # define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__ #endif /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA # define freea(p) /* nothing */ #else # define alloca(n) malloc (n) # define freea(p) free (p) #endif /* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ #if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ # define O_BINARY _O_BINARY # define O_TEXT _O_TEXT #endif #ifdef __BEOS__ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ # undef O_BINARY # undef O_TEXT #endif /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ #ifndef O_BINARY # define O_BINARY 0 #endif /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. This is important if the translations are cached by one of GCC's features. */ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; #if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ static const struct expression plvar = { .nargs = 0, .operation = var, }; static const struct expression plone = { .nargs = 0, .operation = num, .val = { .num = 1 } }; static struct expression germanic_plural = { .nargs = 2, .operation = not_equal, .val = { .args = { [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, [1] = (struct expression *) &plone } } }; # define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() #else /* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: Initialization at run-time. */ static struct expression plvar; static struct expression plone; static struct expression germanic_plural; static void init_germanic_plural () { if (plone.val.num == 0) { plvar.nargs = 0; plvar.operation = var; plone.nargs = 0; plone.operation = num; plone.val.num = 1; germanic_plural.nargs = 2; germanic_plural.operation = not_equal; germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar; germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone; } } # define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () #endif /* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. Return the header entry. */ const char * internal_function _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; struct loaded_domain *domain; struct binding *domainbinding; { /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' information, we will assume the charset matches the one the current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ char *nullentry; size_t nullentrylen; /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ domain->codeset_cntr = (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); #ifdef _LIBC domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; #else # if HAVE_ICONV domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; # endif #endif domain->conv_tab = NULL; /* Get the header entry. */ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); if (nullentry != NULL) { #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV const char *charsetstr; charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); if (charsetstr != NULL) { size_t len; char *charset; const char *outcharset; charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); # if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; # else memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); charset[len] = '\0'; # endif /* The output charset should normally be determined by the locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override this. Moreover, the value specified through bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; else { outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') { # ifdef _LIBC outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string; # else # if HAVE_ICONV extern const char *locale_charset (void); outcharset = locale_charset (); # endif # endif } } # ifdef _LIBC /* We always want to use transliteration. */ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) != __GCONV_OK) domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; # else # if HAVE_ICONV /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */ # if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 len = strlen (outcharset); { char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); outcharset = tmp; } # endif domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); # if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 freea (outcharset); # endif # endif # endif freea (charset); } #endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ } return nullentry; } /* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ void internal_function _nl_free_domain_conv (domain) struct loaded_domain *domain; { if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) free (domain->conv_tab); #ifdef _LIBC if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) __gconv_close (domain->conv); #else # if HAVE_ICONV if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) iconv_close (domain->conv); # endif #endif } /* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid message catalog do nothing. */ void internal_function _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; struct binding *domainbinding; { int fd; size_t size; #ifdef _LIBC struct stat64 st; #else struct stat st; #endif struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; int use_mmap = 0; struct loaded_domain *domain; const char *nullentry; domain_file->decided = 1; domain_file->data = NULL; /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN syntax. */ if (domain_file->filename == NULL) return; /* Try to open the addressed file. */ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); if (fd == -1) return; /* We must know about the size of the file. */ if ( #ifdef _LIBC __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) #else __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) #endif || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) { /* Something went wrong. */ close (fd); return; } #ifdef HAVE_MMAP /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) { /* mmap() call was successful. */ close (fd); use_mmap = 1; } #endif /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load it manually. */ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) { size_t to_read; char *read_ptr; data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); if (data == NULL) return; to_read = size; read_ptr = (char *) data; do { long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); if (nb <= 0) { #ifdef EINTR if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) continue; #endif close (fd); return; } read_ptr += nb; to_read -= nb; } while (to_read > 0); close (fd); } /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message catalog file. */ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, 0)) { /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); return; } domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); if (domain == NULL) return; domain_file->data = domain; domain->data = (char *) data; domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; domain->mmap_size = size; domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) { case 0: domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); break; default: /* This is an invalid revision. */ #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); free (domain); domain_file->data = NULL; return; } /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's specified character set or the locale's character set. */ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); /* Also look for a plural specification. */ if (nullentry != NULL) { const char *plural; const char *nplurals; plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) goto no_plural; else { /* First get the number. */ char *endp; unsigned long int n; struct parse_args args; nplurals += 9; while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals)) ++nplurals; #if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); #else for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); #endif domain->nplurals = n; if (nplurals == endp) goto no_plural; /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the scanner function we have to put the input string and the result passed up from the parser into the same structure which address is passed down to the parser. */ plural += 7; args.cp = plural; if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) goto no_plural; domain->plural = args.res; } } else { /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ no_plural: INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); domain->plural = &germanic_plural; domain->nplurals = 2; } } #ifdef _LIBC void internal_function _nl_unload_domain (domain) struct loaded_domain *domain; { if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural) __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); # ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES if (domain->use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); else # endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ free ((void *) domain->data); free (domain); } #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/localealias.c0100644000175000017500000002231107303735654016217 0ustar yghygh/* Handle aliases for locale names. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #include #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define strcasecmp __strcasecmp # ifndef mempcpy # define mempcpy __mempcpy # endif # define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 /* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ # include __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); #endif #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA # define freea(p) /* nothing */ #else # define alloca(n) malloc (n) # define freea(p) free (p) #endif #if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED # undef fgets # define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) #endif #if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED # undef feof # define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) #endif struct alias_map { const char *alias; const char *value; }; static char *string_space; static size_t string_space_act; static size_t string_space_max; static struct alias_map *map; static size_t nmap; static size_t maxmap; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) internal_function; static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)); const char * _nl_expand_alias (name) const char *name; { static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; struct alias_map *retval; const char *result = NULL; size_t added; #ifdef _LIBC __libc_lock_lock (lock); #endif do { struct alias_map item; item.alias = name; if (nmap > 0) retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)) ) alias_compare); else retval = NULL; /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ if (retval != NULL) { result = retval->value; break; } /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ added = 0; while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') { const char *start; while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) ++locale_alias_path; start = locale_alias_path; while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) ++locale_alias_path; if (start < locale_alias_path) added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); } } while (added != 0); #ifdef _LIBC __libc_lock_unlock (lock); #endif return result; } static size_t internal_function read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) const char *fname; int fname_len; { FILE *fp; char *full_fname; size_t added; static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); #ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #else memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #endif fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); freea (full_fname); if (fp == NULL) return 0; added = 0; while (!feof (fp)) { /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because a) we are only interested in the first two fields b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not be that long */ char buf[BUFSIZ]; char *alias; char *value; char *cp; if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) /* EOF reached. */ break; /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore the rest of the line. */ if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) { char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; do if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop will exit at the `feof' test. */ break; while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); } cp = buf; /* Ignore leading white space. */ while (isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') { alias = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate alias name. */ if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ while (isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; if (cp[0] != '\0') { size_t alias_len; size_t value_len; value = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate value. */ if (cp[0] == '\n') { /* This has to be done to make the following test for the end of line possible. We are looking for the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ *cp++ = '\0'; *cp = '\n'; } else if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; if (nmap >= maxmap) if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) return added; alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; value_len = strlen (value) + 1; if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) { /* Increase size of memory pool. */ size_t new_size = (string_space_max + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); if (new_pool == NULL) return added; if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) { size_t i; for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) { map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; } } string_space = new_pool; string_space_max = new_size; } map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], alias, alias_len); string_space_act += alias_len; map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], value, value_len); string_space_act += value_len; ++nmap; ++added; } } } /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore errors. --drepper */ fclose (fp); if (added > 0) qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); return added; } static int extend_alias_table () { size_t new_size; struct alias_map *new_map; new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size * sizeof (struct alias_map))); if (new_map == NULL) /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ return -1; map = new_map; maxmap = new_size; return 0; } #ifdef _LIBC static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { if (string_space != NULL) free (string_space); if (map != NULL) free (map); } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif static int alias_compare (map1, map2) const struct alias_map *map1; const struct alias_map *map2; { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); #else const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; unsigned char c1, c2; if (p1 == p2) return 0; do { /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; if (c1 == '\0') break; ++p1; ++p2; } while (c1 == c2); return c1 - c2; #endif } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/textdomain.c0100644000175000017500000001054407303735654016127 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC /* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ # include #else /* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ # define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ # define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Name of the default text domain. */ extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; /* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ #endif /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ __libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ char * TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) const char *domainname; { char *new_domain; char *old_domain; /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ if (domainname == NULL) return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ if (domainname[0] == '\0' || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) { _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; } else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some environment variable changed. */ new_domain = old_domain; else { /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we are out of core. */ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP new_domain = strdup (domainname); #else size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); if (new_domain != NULL) memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); #endif if (new_domain != NULL) _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; } /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ if (new_domain != NULL) { ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) free (old_domain); } __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return new_domain; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/l10nflist.c0100644000175000017500000002431707303735654015572 0ustar yghygh/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) # endif #else # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); # endif #endif /* Define function which are usually not available. */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); static size_t argz_count__ (argz, len) const char *argz; size_t len; { size_t count = 0; while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len + 1; len -= part_len + 1; count++; } return count; } # undef __argz_count # define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's except the last into the character SEP. */ static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); static void argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) char *argz; size_t len; int sep; { while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len; len -= part_len + 1; if (len > 0) *argz++ = sep; } } # undef __argz_stringify # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)); static char * argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) char *argz; size_t argz_len; const char *entry; { if (entry) { if (entry < argz + argz_len) entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; } else if (argz_len > 0) return argz; else return 0; } # undef __argz_next # define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ /* Return number of bits set in X. */ static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); static inline int pop (x) int x; { /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; return x; } struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; const char *dirlist; size_t dirlist_len; int mask; const char *language; const char *territory; const char *codeset; const char *normalized_codeset; const char *modifier; const char *special; const char *sponsor; const char *revision; const char *filename; int do_allocate; { char *abs_filename; struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; char *cp; size_t entries; int cnt; /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + strlen (language) + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); if (abs_filename == NULL) return NULL; retval = NULL; last = NULL; /* Construct file name. */ memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); *cp++ = '/'; cp = stpcpy (cp, language); if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) { *cp++ = '_'; cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); } if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); } if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); } if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) { /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); } if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) { *cp++ = '+'; cp = stpcpy (cp, special); } if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) { *cp++ = ','; if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) { *cp++ = '_'; cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); } } *cp++ = '/'; stpcpy (cp, filename); /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already available. */ last = NULL; for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) if (retval->filename != NULL) { int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It's not in the list. */ retval = NULL; break; } last = retval; } if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) { free (abs_filename); return retval; } retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) * (1 << pop (mask)) * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); if (retval == NULL) return NULL; retval->filename = abs_filename; retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); retval->data = NULL; if (last == NULL) { retval->next = *l10nfile_list; *l10nfile_list = retval; } else { retval->next = last->next; last->next = retval; } entries = 0; /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism of the inner loop. */ cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) { /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ char *dir = NULL; while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) != NULL) retval->successor[entries++] = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, filename, 1); } retval->successor[entries] = NULL; return retval; } /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ const char * _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) const char *codeset; size_t name_len; { int len = 0; int only_digit = 1; char *retval; char *wp; size_t cnt; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) { ++len; if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) only_digit = 0; } retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); if (retval != NULL) { if (only_digit) wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); else wp = retval; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; *wp = '\0'; } return (const char *) retval; } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/explodename.c0100644000175000017500000001101507303735654016246 0ustar yghygh/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ char * _nl_find_language (name) const char *name; { while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') ++name; return (char *) name; } int _nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) char *name; const char **language; const char **modifier; const char **territory; const char **codeset; const char **normalized_codeset; const char **special; const char **sponsor; const char **revision; { enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; char *cp; int mask; *modifier = NULL; *territory = NULL; *codeset = NULL; *normalized_codeset = NULL; *special = NULL; *sponsor = NULL; *revision = NULL; /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ mask = 0; syntax = undecided; *language = cp = name; cp = _nl_find_language (*language); if (*language == cp) /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); else if (cp[0] == '_') { /* Next is the territory. */ cp[0] = '\0'; *territory = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= TERRITORY; if (cp[0] == '.') { /* Next is the codeset. */ syntax = xpg; cp[0] = '\0'; *codeset = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') ++cp; mask |= XPG_CODESET; if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') { *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, cp - *codeset); if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); else mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; } } } if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) { /* Next is the modifier. */ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; cp[0] = '\0'; *modifier = ++cp; while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; } if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) { syntax = cen; if (cp[0] == '+') { /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *special = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; } if (cp[0] == ',') { /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *sponsor = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; } if (cp[0] == '_') { /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *revision = ++cp; mask |= CEN_REVISION; } } /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ if (syntax == xpg) { if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~TERRITORY; if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; } return mask; } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/dcigettext.c0100644000175000017500000010225307303735654016116 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). This must come before because may include , and once has been included, it's too late. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #ifndef __set_errno # define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) #endif #include #include #include #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include #if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include "hash-string.h" /* Thread safetyness. */ #ifdef _LIBC # include #else /* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ # define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) # define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) # define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) # define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) #endif /* Alignment of types. */ #if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) #else # define alignof(TYPE) \ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) #endif /* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ #if !defined _LIBC # define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ # define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ # define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ # define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ #endif /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define getcwd __getcwd # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy __stpcpy # endif # define tfind __tfind #else # if !defined HAVE_GETCWD char *getwd (); # define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) # else char *getcwd (); # endif # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); # endif # ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); # endif #endif /* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ #define PATH_INCR 32 /* The following is from pathmax.h. */ /* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ #if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) # include #endif #ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX # define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 #endif #if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) #endif /* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ #if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN # include #endif #if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN # define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN #endif #ifndef PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX #endif /* Pathname support. ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') # define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ && (P)[1] == ':') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) #else /* Unix */ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') # define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) #endif /* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current setting of `local'.'' However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ #if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) # define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL #endif /* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations are stored. */ struct known_translation_t { /* Domain in which to search. */ char *domainname; /* The category. */ int category; /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ int counter; /* Catalog where the string was found. */ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; /* And finally the translation. */ const char *translation; size_t translation_length; /* Pointer to the string in question. */ char msgid[ZERO]; }; /* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC # include static void *root; # ifdef _LIBC # define tsearch __tsearch # endif /* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); static int transcmp (p1, p2) const void *p1; const void *p2; { const struct known_translation_t *s1; const struct known_translation_t *s2; int result; s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); if (result == 0) { result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); if (result == 0) /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely LC_MESSAGES). */ result = s1->category - s2->category; } return result; } #endif /* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; /* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; /* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() calls. */ struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, const char *translation, size_t translation_len)) internal_function; static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)) internal_function; static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)) internal_function; /* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Nothing has to be done. */ # define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ #else struct block_list { void *address; struct block_list *next; }; # define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ do { \ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ the list. */ \ if (newp != NULL) { \ newp->address = (addr); \ newp->next = (list); \ (list) = newp; \ } \ } while (0) # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ do { \ while (list != NULL) { \ struct block_list *old = list; \ list = list->next; \ free (old); \ } \ } while (0) # undef alloca # define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) #endif /* have alloca */ #ifdef _LIBC /* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ typedef struct transmem_list { struct transmem_list *next; char data[ZERO]; } transmem_block_t; static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; #else typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; #endif /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ #endif /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ #ifdef _LIBC __libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock) #endif /* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure # define DETERMINE_SECURE #else # ifndef HAVE_GETUID # define getuid() 0 # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETGID # define getgid() 0 # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETEUID # define geteuid() getuid() # endif # ifndef HAVE_GETEGID # define getegid() getgid() # endif static int enable_secure; # define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) # define DETERMINE_SECURE \ if (enable_secure == 0) \ { \ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ enable_secure = 1; \ else \ enable_secure = -1; \ } #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string depending on the plural form determined by N. */ char * DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; int plural; unsigned long int n; int category; { #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA struct block_list *block_list = NULL; #endif struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; struct binding *binding; const char *categoryname; const char *categoryvalue; char *dirname, *xdomainname; char *single_locale; char *retval; size_t retlen; int saved_errno; #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC struct known_translation_t *search; struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; size_t msgid_len; #endif size_t domainname_len; /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ if (msgid1 == NULL) return NULL; __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the definition left this undefined. */ if (domainname == NULL) domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at some time. */ search = (struct known_translation_t *) alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); search->domainname = (char *) domainname; search->category = category; foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) { /* Now deal with plural. */ if (plural) retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, (*foundp)->translation_length); else retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return retval; } #endif /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ saved_errno = errno; /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ DETERMINE_SECURE; /* First find matching binding. */ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (binding == NULL) dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) dirname = binding->dirname; else { /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; size_t path_max; char *ret; path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ for (;;) { dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); __set_errno (0); ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) break; path_max += path_max / 2; path_max += PATH_INCR; } if (ret == NULL) { /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an error but simply return the default string. */ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __set_errno (saved_errno); return (plural == 0 ? (char *) msgid1 /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); } stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); } /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ categoryname = category_to_name (category); categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); domainname_len = strlen (domainname); xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + domainname_len + 5); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), domainname, domainname_len), ".mo"); /* Creating working area. */ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ while (1) { /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') ++categoryvalue; if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') { /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation will take place. */ single_locale[0] = 'C'; single_locale[1] = '\0'; } else { char *cp = single_locale; while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; *cp = '\0'; /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files outside the dedicated directories. */ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) /* Ingore this entry. */ continue; } /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a domain. Return the MSGID. */ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) { FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); __set_errno (saved_errno); return (plural == 0 ? (char *) msgid1 /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); } /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); if (domain != NULL) { retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); if (retval == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, msgid1, &retlen); if (retval != NULL) { domain = domain->successor[cnt]; break; } } } if (retval != NULL) { /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __set_errno (saved_errno); #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC if (foundp == NULL) { /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ struct known_translation_t *newp; newp = (struct known_translation_t *) malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); if (newp != NULL) { newp->domainname = mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); newp->category = category; newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; newp->domain = domain; newp->translation = retval; newp->translation_length = retlen; /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); if (foundp == NULL || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) /* The insert failed. */ free (newp); } } else { /* We can update the existing entry. */ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; (*foundp)->domain = domain; (*foundp)->translation = retval; (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; } #endif /* Now deal with plural. */ if (plural) retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); return retval; } } } /* NOTREACHED */ } char * internal_function _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; struct binding *domainbinding; const char *msgid; size_t *lengthp; { struct loaded_domain *domain; size_t act; char *result; size_t resultlen; if (domain_file->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); if (domain_file->data == NULL) return NULL; domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) { /* Use the hashing table. */ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); while (1) { nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); if (nstr == 0) /* Hash table entry is empty. */ return NULL; /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1. We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len && (strcmp (msgid, domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)) { act = nstr - 1; goto found; } if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; else idx += incr; } /* NOTREACHED */ } else { /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of messages. */ size_t top, bottom; bottom = 0; top = domain->nstrings; while (bottom < top) { int cmp_val; act = (bottom + top) / 2; cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); if (cmp_val < 0) top = act; else if (cmp_val > 0) bottom = act + 1; else goto found; } /* No translation was found. */ return NULL; } found: /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ result = ((char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV if (domain->codeset_cntr != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) { /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We have to reinitialize the converter. */ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); } if ( # ifdef _LIBC domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 # else # if HAVE_ICONV domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 # endif # endif ) { /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an appropriate table with the same structure as the table of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers to the converted strings in. There is a slight complication with plural entries. They are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including NULs. */ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings, sizeof (char *))) == NULL)) /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ goto converted; if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) { /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not translated yet. Do this now. */ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. We allocate always larger blocks which get used over time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) # define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 static unsigned char *freemem; static size_t freemem_size; const unsigned char *inbuf; unsigned char *outbuf; int malloc_count; # ifndef _LIBC transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; # endif __libc_lock_lock (lock); inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); malloc_count = 0; while (1) { transmem_block_t *newmem; # ifdef _LIBC size_t non_reversible; int res; if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) goto resize_freemem; res = __gconv (domain->conv, &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, &outbuf, outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), &non_reversible); if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) break; if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) { __libc_lock_unlock (lock); goto converted; } inbuf = result; # else # if HAVE_ICONV const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; size_t inleft = resultlen; char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; size_t outleft; if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) goto resize_freemem; outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); if (iconv (domain->conv, (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, &outptr, &outleft) != (size_t) (-1)) { outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; break; } if (errno != E2BIG) { __libc_lock_unlock (lock); goto converted; } # endif # endif resize_freemem: /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ if (malloc_count > 0) { ++malloc_count; freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, freemem_size); # ifdef _LIBC if (newmem != NULL) transmem_list = transmem_list->next; else { struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; transmem_list = transmem_list->next; free (old); } # endif } else { malloc_count = 1; freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); } if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) { freemem = NULL; freemem_size = 0; __libc_lock_unlock (lock); goto converted; } # ifdef _LIBC /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free at some point. */ newmem->next = transmem_list; transmem_list = newmem; freemem = newmem->data; freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); # else transmem_list = newmem; freemem = newmem; # endif outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); } /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this into the table of conversions. */ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; freemem = outbuf; freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); __libc_lock_unlock (lock); } /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all the plural variants. */ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; } converted: /* The result string is converted. */ #endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ *lengthp = resultlen; return result; } /* Look up a plural variant. */ static char * internal_function plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; unsigned long int n; const char *translation; size_t translation_len; { struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; unsigned long int index; const char *p; index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the given maximum value do not match. */ index = 0; /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ p = translation; while (index-- > 0) { #ifdef _LIBC p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); #else p = strchr (p, '\0'); #endif /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ p++; if (p >= translation + translation_len) /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants available for MSGID1. */ return (char *) translation; } return (char *) p; } /* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ static unsigned long int internal_function plural_eval (pexp, n) struct expression *pexp; unsigned long int n; { switch (pexp->nargs) { case 0: switch (pexp->operation) { case var: return n; case num: return pexp->val.num; default: break; } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case 1: { /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); return ! arg; } case 2: { unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); if (pexp->operation == lor) return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); else if (pexp->operation == land) return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); else { unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); switch (pexp->operation) { case mult: return leftarg * rightarg; case divide: return leftarg / rightarg; case module: return leftarg % rightarg; case plus: return leftarg + rightarg; case minus: return leftarg - rightarg; case less_than: return leftarg < rightarg; case greater_than: return leftarg > rightarg; case less_or_equal: return leftarg <= rightarg; case greater_or_equal: return leftarg >= rightarg; case equal: return leftarg == rightarg; case not_equal: return leftarg != rightarg; default: break; } } /* NOTREACHED */ break; } case 3: { /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); } } /* NOTREACHED */ return 0; } /* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ static const char * internal_function category_to_name (category) int category; { const char *retval; switch (category) { #ifdef LC_COLLATE case LC_COLLATE: retval = "LC_COLLATE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_CTYPE case LC_CTYPE: retval = "LC_CTYPE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MONETARY case LC_MONETARY: retval = "LC_MONETARY"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_NUMERIC case LC_NUMERIC: retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_TIME case LC_TIME: retval = "LC_TIME"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MESSAGES case LC_MESSAGES: retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_RESPONSE case LC_RESPONSE: retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_ALL case LC_ALL: /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other value. */ retval = "LC_ALL"; break; #endif default: /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ retval = "LC_XXX"; } return retval; } /* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ static const char * internal_function guess_category_value (category, categoryname) int category; const char *categoryname; { const char *language; const char *retval; /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') language = NULL; /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */ #if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL) retval = setlocale (category, NULL); #else /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') { /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ retval = getenv (categoryname); if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') { /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ retval = getenv ("LANG"); if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation defined. */ return "C"; } } #endif return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY static void * mempcpy (dest, src, n) void *dest; const void *src; size_t n; { return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); } #endif #ifdef _LIBC /* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at program's end. */ static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { void *old; while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) { struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ free (oldp->dirname); free (oldp->codeset); free (oldp); } if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ __tdestroy (root, free); root = NULL; while (transmem_list != NULL) { old = transmem_list; transmem_list = transmem_list->next; free (old); } } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/dcngettext.c0100644000175000017500000000351207303735654016121 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext #else # define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ # define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; int category; { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/dngettext.c0100644000175000017500000000355207303735654015762 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DNGETTEXT __dngettext # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext #else # define DNGETTEXT dngettext__ # define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ char * DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) const char *domainname; const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; { return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/ngettext.c0100644000175000017500000000366407303735654015622 0ustar yghygh/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define __need_NULL # include #else # include /* Just for NULL. */ #endif #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgnuintl.h" #endif #include /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define NGETTEXT __ngettext # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext #else # define NGETTEXT ngettext__ # define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; { return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); #endif yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/plural.y0100644000175000017500000002022707303735654015277 0ustar yghygh%{ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before because may include arbitrary system headers. */ #if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ #pragma alloca #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include "gettextP.h" /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp #else # define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ # define __gettextparse gettextparse__ #endif #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg %} %pure_parser %expect 10 %union { unsigned long int num; enum operator op; struct expression *exp; } %{ /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *right)); static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)); static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * new_exp (nargs, op, args) int nargs; enum operator op; struct expression * const *args; { int i; struct expression *newp; /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (args[i] == NULL) goto fail; /* Allocate a new expression. */ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); if (newp != NULL) { newp->nargs = nargs; newp->operation = op; for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; return newp; } fail: for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); return NULL; } static inline struct expression * new_exp_0 (op) enum operator op; { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_1 (op, right) enum operator op; struct expression *right; { struct expression *args[1]; args[0] = right; return new_exp (1, op, args); } static struct expression * new_exp_2 (op, left, right) enum operator op; struct expression *left; struct expression *right; { struct expression *args[2]; args[0] = left; args[1] = right; return new_exp (2, op, args); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) enum operator op; struct expression *bexp; struct expression *tbranch; struct expression *fbranch; { struct expression *args[3]; args[0] = bexp; args[1] = tbranch; args[2] = fbranch; return new_exp (3, op, args); } %} /* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ %right '?' /* ? */ %left '|' /* || */ %left '&' /* && */ %left EQUOP2 /* == != */ %left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ %left ADDOP2 /* + - */ %left MULOP2 /* * / % */ %right '!' /* ! */ %token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 %token NUMBER %type exp %% start: exp { if ($1 == NULL) YYABORT; ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; } ; exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp { $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); } | exp '|' exp { $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); } | exp '&' exp { $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); } | exp EQUOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp CMPOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp ADDOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | exp MULOP2 exp { $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); } | '!' exp { $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); } | 'n' { $$ = new_exp_0 (var); } | NUMBER { if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) $$->val.num = $1; } | '(' exp ')' { $$ = $2; } ; %% void internal_function FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) struct expression *exp; { if (exp == NULL) return; /* Handle the recursive case. */ switch (exp->nargs) { case 3: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 1: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: break; } free (exp); } static int yylex (lval, pexp) YYSTYPE *lval; const char **pexp; { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; while (1) { if (exp[0] == '\0') { *pexp = exp; return YYEOF; } if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') break; ++exp; } result = *exp++; switch (result) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { unsigned long int n = result - '0'; while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') { n *= 10; n += exp[0] - '0'; ++exp; } lval->num = n; result = NUMBER; } break; case '=': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = equal; result = EQUOP2; } else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '!': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = not_equal; result = EQUOP2; } break; case '&': case '|': if (exp[0] == result) ++exp; else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '<': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = less_or_equal; } else lval->op = less_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '>': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = greater_or_equal; } else lval->op = greater_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '*': lval->op = mult; result = MULOP2; break; case '/': lval->op = divide; result = MULOP2; break; case '%': lval->op = module; result = MULOP2; break; case '+': lval->op = plus; result = ADDOP2; break; case '-': lval->op = minus; result = ADDOP2; break; case 'n': case '?': case ':': case '(': case ')': /* Nothing, just return the character. */ break; case ';': case '\n': case '\0': /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ --exp; result = YYEOF; break; default: result = YYERRCODE; #if YYDEBUG != 0 --exp; #endif break; } *pexp = exp; return result; } static void yyerror (str) const char *str; { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/localcharset.c0100644000175000017500000001534307303735654016421 0ustar yghygh/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Written by Bruno Haible . */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if HAVE_STDDEF_H # include #endif #include #if HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #if HAVE_STDLIB_H # include #endif #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ # undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ # define WIN32 #endif #ifndef WIN32 # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET # include # else # if HAVE_SETLOCALE # include # endif # endif #else /* WIN32 */ # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include #endif #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR # define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' #endif #ifndef ISSLASH # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) #endif /* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ #if __STDC__ != 1 # define volatile /* empty */ #endif /* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been read, else NULL. Its format is: ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ static char * volatile charset_aliases; /* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ static const char * get_charset_aliases () { char *cp; cp = charset_aliases; if (cp == NULL) { #ifndef WIN32 FILE *fp; const char *dir = LIBDIR; const char *base = "charset.alias"; char *file_name; /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ { size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); size_t base_len = strlen (base); int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); if (file_name != NULL) { memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); if (add_slash) file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); } } if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ cp = ""; else { /* Parse the file's contents. */ int c; char buf1[50+1]; char buf2[50+1]; char *res_ptr = NULL; size_t res_size = 0; size_t l1, l2; for (;;) { c = getc (fp); if (c == EOF) break; if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') continue; if (c == '#') { /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ do c = getc (fp); while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); if (c == EOF) break; continue; } ungetc (c, fp); if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) break; l1 = strlen (buf1); l2 = strlen (buf2); if (res_size == 0) { res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1); } else { res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); } if (res_ptr == NULL) { /* Out of memory. */ res_size = 0; break; } strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); } fclose (fp); if (res_size == 0) cp = ""; else { *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; cp = res_ptr; } } if (file_name != NULL) free (file_name); #else /* WIN32 */ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"; #endif charset_aliases = cp; } return cp; } /* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical name. */ #ifdef STATIC STATIC #endif const char * locale_charset () { const char *codeset; const char *aliases; #ifndef WIN32 # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); # else /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ const char *locale = NULL; /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the locale name the user has set. */ # if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); # endif if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') { locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') locale = getenv ("LANG"); } } /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it through the charset.alias file. */ codeset = locale; # endif #else /* WIN32 */ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); codeset = buf; #endif if (codeset == NULL) /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ codeset = ""; /* Resolve alias. */ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); *aliases != '\0'; aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) { codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; break; } return codeset; } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/intl-compat.c0100644000175000017500000001113507303735654016177 0ustar yghygh/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext Library. Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "libgnuintl.h" #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix). It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is configured --with-included-gettext. This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions. If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to libgnuintl.h of the following form: # define gettext gettext__ # define dgettext dgettext__ # define dcgettext dcgettext__ # define ngettext ngettext__ # define dngettext dngettext__ # define dcngettext dcngettext__ # define textdomain textdomain__ # define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__ # define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__ How does this redirection work? There are two cases. A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because functions defined in the executable always override functions in the shared libraries. B. When libintl.so is used, it works because 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly letting other shared libraries override it. 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed. A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker command line. */ #undef gettext #undef dgettext #undef dcgettext #undef ngettext #undef dngettext #undef dcngettext #undef textdomain #undef bindtextdomain #undef bind_textdomain_codeset char * gettext (msgid) const char *msgid; { return gettext__ (msgid); } char * dgettext (domainname, msgid) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; { return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); } char * dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; int category; { return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); } char * ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; { return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n); } char * dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) const char *domainname; const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; { return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); } char * dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid1; const char *msgid2; unsigned long int n; int category; { return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); } char * textdomain (domainname) const char *domainname; { return textdomain__ (domainname); } char * bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) const char *domainname; const char *dirname; { return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); } char * bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) const char *domainname; const char *codeset; { return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset); } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/plural.c0100644000175000017500000010006407311112230015221 0ustar yghygh /* A Bison parser, made from plural.y by GNU Bison version 1.28 */ #define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ #define yyparse __gettextparse #define yylex __gettextlex #define yyerror __gettexterror #define yylval __gettextlval #define yychar __gettextchar #define yydebug __gettextdebug #define yynerrs __gettextnerrs #define EQUOP2 257 #define CMPOP2 258 #define ADDOP2 259 #define MULOP2 260 #define NUMBER 261 #line 1 "plural.y" /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before because may include arbitrary system headers. */ #if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ #pragma alloca #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include "gettextP.h" /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp #else # define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ # define __gettextparse gettextparse__ #endif #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg #line 52 "plural.y" typedef union { unsigned long int num; enum operator op; struct expression *exp; } YYSTYPE; #line 58 "plural.y" /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *right)); static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)); static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)); static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * new_exp (nargs, op, args) int nargs; enum operator op; struct expression * const *args; { int i; struct expression *newp; /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (args[i] == NULL) goto fail; /* Allocate a new expression. */ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); if (newp != NULL) { newp->nargs = nargs; newp->operation = op; for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; return newp; } fail: for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); return NULL; } static inline struct expression * new_exp_0 (op) enum operator op; { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_1 (op, right) enum operator op; struct expression *right; { struct expression *args[1]; args[0] = right; return new_exp (1, op, args); } static struct expression * new_exp_2 (op, left, right) enum operator op; struct expression *left; struct expression *right; { struct expression *args[2]; args[0] = left; args[1] = right; return new_exp (2, op, args); } static inline struct expression * new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) enum operator op; struct expression *bexp; struct expression *tbranch; struct expression *fbranch; { struct expression *args[3]; args[0] = bexp; args[1] = tbranch; args[2] = fbranch; return new_exp (3, op, args); } #include #ifndef __cplusplus #ifndef __STDC__ #define const #endif #endif #define YYFINAL 27 #define YYFLAG -32768 #define YYNTBASE 16 #define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 }; #if YYDEBUG != 0 static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, 37, 39 }; static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, 15, 0 }; #endif #if YYDEBUG != 0 static const short yyrline[] = { 0, 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217, 221, 226 }; #endif #if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'", "'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'", "start","exp", NULL }; #endif static const short yyr1[] = { 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17 }; static const short yyr2[] = { 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 3 }; static const short yydefact[] = { 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 }; static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, 5 }; static const short yypact[] = { -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 }; static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768, -1 }; #define YYLAST 53 static const short yytable[] = { 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, 13, 14, 27 }; static const short yycheck[] = { 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 }; #define YYPURE 1 /* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ #line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" /* This file comes from bison-1.28. */ /* Skeleton output parser for bison, Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 1.24 of Bison. */ /* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ #ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #ifdef alloca #define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #else /* alloca not defined */ #ifdef __GNUC__ #define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #define alloca __builtin_alloca #else /* not GNU C. */ #if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386)) #define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #include #else /* not sparc */ /* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */ /* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea since that symbol is in the user namespace. */ #if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__) #if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace; instead, just don't use alloca. */ #include #endif #else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #if defined(_AIX) /* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace. So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */ /* #include */ #pragma alloca #define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ #if 0 #ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up, and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */ #define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #define alloca __builtin_alloca #endif /* __hpux */ #endif #endif /* not _AIX */ #endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #endif /* not sparc */ #endif /* not GNU C */ #endif /* alloca not defined */ #endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */ #ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA #define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca #else #define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc #endif /* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. It is replaced by the list of actions, each action as one case of the switch. */ #define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) #define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) #define YYEMPTY -2 #define YYEOF 0 #define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab #define YYABORT goto yyabortlab #define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 /* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ #define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab #define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) #define YYBACKUP(token, value) \ do \ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ YYPOPSTACK; \ goto yybackup; \ } \ else \ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \ while (0) #define YYTERROR 1 #define YYERRCODE 256 #ifndef YYPURE #define YYLEX yylex() #endif #ifdef YYPURE #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED #ifdef YYLEX_PARAM #define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) #else #define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc) #endif #else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ #ifdef YYLEX_PARAM #define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) #else #define YYLEX yylex(&yylval) #endif #endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ #endif /* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ #ifndef YYPURE int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */ YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */ /* lookahead symbol */ #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ /* symbol */ #endif int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ #endif /* not YYPURE */ #if YYDEBUG != 0 int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ /* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers from coexisting. */ #endif /* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ #ifndef YYINITDEPTH #define YYINITDEPTH 200 #endif /* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ #if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 #undef YYMAXDEPTH #endif #ifndef YYMAXDEPTH #define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 #endif /* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */ #if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ #define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) #else /* not GNU C or C++ */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __yy_memcpy (to, from, count) char *to; char *from; unsigned int count; { register char *f = from; register char *t = to; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #else /* __cplusplus */ /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count) { register char *t = to; register char *f = from; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #endif #endif #line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" /* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. It should actually point to an object. Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it to the proper pointer type. */ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM #ifdef __cplusplus #define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM #define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL #else /* not __cplusplus */ #define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM #define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; #endif /* not __cplusplus */ #else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ #define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG #define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ /* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM int yyparse (void *); #else int yyparse (void); #endif #endif int yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL { register int yystate; register int yyn; register short *yyssp; register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; YYLTYPE *yylsp; #define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) #else #define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) #endif int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; int yyfree_stacks = 0; #ifdef YYPURE int yychar; YYSTYPE yylval; int yynerrs; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE yylloc; #endif #endif YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */ /* semantic values from the action */ /* routines */ int yylen; #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); #endif yystate = 0; yyerrstatus = 0; yynerrs = 0; yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ /* Initialize stack pointers. Waste one element of value and location stack so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. The wasted elements are never initialized. */ yyssp = yyss - 1; yyvsp = yyvs; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp = yyls; #endif /* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ yynewstate: *++yyssp = yystate; if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) { /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; short *yyss1 = yyss; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; #endif /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1; #ifdef yyoverflow /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp), &yystacksize); #else yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), &yystacksize); #endif yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yyls = yyls1; #endif #else /* no yyoverflow */ /* Extend the stack our own way. */ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) { yyerror("parser stack overflow"); if (yyfree_stacks) { free (yyss); free (yyvs); #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED free (yyls); #endif } return 2; } yystacksize *= 2; if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; #ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA yyfree_stacks = 1; #endif yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp)); __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1, size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp)); yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp)); __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1, size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp)); #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp)); __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1, size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp)); #endif #endif /* no yyoverflow */ yyssp = yyss + size - 1; yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp = yyls + size - 1; #endif #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize); #endif if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) YYABORT; } #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate); #endif goto yybackup; yybackup: /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ /* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ /* yyresume: */ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yydefault; /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid token in external form. */ if (yychar == YYEMPTY) { #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); #endif yychar = YYLEX; } /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ { yychar1 = 0; yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); #endif } else { yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar); #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) { fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ #ifdef YYPRINT YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); #endif fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); } #endif } yyn += yychar1; if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) goto yydefault; yyn = yytable[yyn]; /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. Positive => shift, yyn is new state. New state is final state => don't bother to shift, just return success. 0, or most negative number => error. */ if (yyn < 0) { if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrlab; yyn = -yyn; goto yyreduce; } else if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrlab; if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; /* Shift the lookahead token. */ #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); #endif /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ if (yychar != YYEOF) yychar = YYEMPTY; *++yyvsp = yylval; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED *++yylsp = yylloc; #endif /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; yystate = yyn; goto yynewstate; /* Do the default action for the current state. */ yydefault: yyn = yydefact[yystate]; if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrlab; /* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ yyreduce: yylen = yyr2[yyn]; if (yylen > 0) yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */ #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) { int i; fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", yyn, yyrline[yyn]); /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++) fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]); fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); } #endif switch (yyn) { case 1: #line 178 "plural.y" { if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) YYABORT; ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; ; break;} case 2: #line 186 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 3: #line 190 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 4: #line 194 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 5: #line 198 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 6: #line 202 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 7: #line 206 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 8: #line 210 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 9: #line 214 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); ; break;} case 10: #line 218 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); ; break;} case 11: #line 222 "plural.y" { if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; ; break;} case 12: #line 227 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; ; break;} } /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ #line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" yyvsp -= yylen; yyssp -= yylen; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp -= yylen; #endif #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) { short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); while (ssp1 != yyssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif *++yyvsp = yyval; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp++; if (yylen == 0) { yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line; yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column; yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line; yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column; yylsp->text = 0; } else { yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line; yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column; } #endif /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. Determine what state that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule number reduced by. */ yyn = yyr1[yyn]; yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) yystate = yytable[yystate]; else yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; goto yynewstate; yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */ if (! yyerrstatus) /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ { ++yynerrs; #ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) { int size = 0; char *msg; int x, count; count = 0; /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++; msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); if (msg != 0) { strcpy(msg, "parse error"); if (count < 5) { count = 0; for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) { strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); strcat(msg, yytname[x]); strcat(msg, "'"); count++; } } yyerror(msg); free(msg); } else yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); } else #endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ yyerror("parse error"); } goto yyerrlab1; yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ if (yyerrstatus == 3) { /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ /* return failure if at end of input */ if (yychar == YYEOF) YYABORT; #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); #endif yychar = YYEMPTY; } /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error token. */ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ goto yyerrhandle; yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ #if 0 /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens should shift them. */ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ if (yyn) goto yydefault; #endif yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; yyvsp--; yystate = *--yyssp; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED yylsp--; #endif #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) { short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); while (ssp1 != yyssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif yyerrhandle: yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrdefault; yyn += YYTERROR; if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) goto yyerrdefault; yyn = yytable[yyn]; if (yyn < 0) { if (yyn == YYFLAG) goto yyerrpop; yyn = -yyn; goto yyreduce; } else if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrpop; if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; #if YYDEBUG != 0 if (yydebug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); #endif *++yyvsp = yylval; #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED *++yylsp = yylloc; #endif yystate = yyn; goto yynewstate; yyacceptlab: /* YYACCEPT comes here. */ if (yyfree_stacks) { free (yyss); free (yyvs); #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED free (yyls); #endif } return 0; yyabortlab: /* YYABORT comes here. */ if (yyfree_stacks) { free (yyss); free (yyvs); #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED free (yyls); #endif } return 1; } #line 232 "plural.y" void internal_function FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) struct expression *exp; { if (exp == NULL) return; /* Handle the recursive case. */ switch (exp->nargs) { case 3: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 1: FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: break; } free (exp); } static int yylex (lval, pexp) YYSTYPE *lval; const char **pexp; { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; while (1) { if (exp[0] == '\0') { *pexp = exp; return YYEOF; } if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') break; ++exp; } result = *exp++; switch (result) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { unsigned long int n = result - '0'; while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') { n *= 10; n += exp[0] - '0'; ++exp; } lval->num = n; result = NUMBER; } break; case '=': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = equal; result = EQUOP2; } else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '!': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = not_equal; result = EQUOP2; } break; case '&': case '|': if (exp[0] == result) ++exp; else result = YYERRCODE; break; case '<': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = less_or_equal; } else lval->op = less_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '>': if (exp[0] == '=') { ++exp; lval->op = greater_or_equal; } else lval->op = greater_than; result = CMPOP2; break; case '*': lval->op = mult; result = MULOP2; break; case '/': lval->op = divide; result = MULOP2; break; case '%': lval->op = module; result = MULOP2; break; case '+': lval->op = plus; result = ADDOP2; break; case '-': lval->op = minus; result = ADDOP2; break; case 'n': case '?': case ':': case '(': case ')': /* Nothing, just return the character. */ break; case ';': case '\n': case '\0': /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ --exp; result = YYEOF; break; default: result = YYERRCODE; #if YYDEBUG != 0 --exp; #endif break; } *pexp = exp; return result; } static void yyerror (str) const char *str; { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/intl/VERSION0100644000175000017500000000005107303735653014646 0ustar yghyghGNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.38 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400721013366 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000002144007311400716015433 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ SUBDIRS = C zh_CN zh_TW mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps doc/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. @SET_MAKE@ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \ check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ dot_seen=no; \ rev=''; list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ test "$$subdir" = "." && dot_seen=yes; \ done; \ test "$$dot_seen" = "no" && rev=". $$rev"; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP) TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = doc distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || exit 1; \ chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir=../$(top_distdir) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done info-am: info: info-recursive dvi-am: dvi: dvi-recursive check-am: all-am check: check-recursive installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data-am: install-data: install-data-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-recursive uninstall-am: uninstall: uninstall-recursive all-am: Makefile all-redirect: all-recursive install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive clean-am: clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-recursive distclean-am: distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-generic \ distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive .PHONY: install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive \ install-exec-recursive uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive \ uninstalldirs-recursive all-recursive check-recursive \ installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \ mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \ distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info-am info \ dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \ install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \ uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs-am \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000003007273247773015435 0ustar yghyghSUBDIRS = C zh_CN zh_TW yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400720013547 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000002572307311400720015620 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # build and install the .info pages SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = ../.. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in info_TEXINFOS = yyt.texi yyt_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi # install the man pages man_MANS = yyt.1 # man is not required by GNU but info is. EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex INFO_DEPS = yyt.info DVIS = yyt.dvi TEXINFOS = yyt.texi man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 MANS = $(man_MANS) NROFF = nroff DIST_COMMON = $(yyt_TEXINFOS) Makefile.am Makefile.in stamp-vti \ texinfo.tex version.texi DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps doc/C/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status $(srcdir)/version.texi: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@stamp-vti @: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: yyt.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in @echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/yyt.texi`" > vti.tmp @echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp @echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp @cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \ cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi) -@rm -f vti.tmp @cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp clean-vti: distclean-vti: maintainer-clean-vti: -@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi yyt.info: yyt.texi version.texi $(yyt_TEXINFOS) yyt.dvi: yyt.texi version.texi $(yyt_TEXINFOS) DVIPS = dvips .texi.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texi.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex:$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .texi: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex:$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .txi.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .txi.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex:$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .txi: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .dvi.ps: $(DVIPS) $< -o $@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ d=$(srcdir); \ for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \ if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\ install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi uninstall-info: $(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ii=yes; \ else ii=; fi; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ test -z "$$ii" \ || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \ done @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ d=$(srcdir); \ for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -f yyt.aux yyt.cp yyt.cps yyt.dvi yyt.fn yyt.fns yyt.ky yyt.kys \ yyt.ps yyt.log yyt.pg yyt.toc yyt.tp yyt.tps yyt.vr yyt.vrs \ yyt.op yyt.tr yyt.cv yyt.cn clean-aminfo: distclean-aminfo: maintainer-clean-aminfo: cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ rm -f $$i; \ if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \ rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \ fi; \ done install-man1: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) @list='$(man1_MANS)'; \ l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \ case "$$i" in \ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ esac; \ done; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \ else file=$$i; fi; \ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \ done uninstall-man1: @list='$(man1_MANS)'; \ l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \ case "$$i" in \ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ esac; \ done; \ for i in $$list; do \ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \ done install-man: $(MANS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-man1 uninstall-man: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall-man1 tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = doc/C distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) info: info-am dvi-am: $(DVIS) dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am check: check-am installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-am install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data-am: install-info-am install-man install-data: install-data-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-am uninstall-am: uninstall-info uninstall-man uninstall: uninstall-am all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) all-redirect: all-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1 mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am clean-am: clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-am distclean-am: distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am .PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \ install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \ clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo install-man1 uninstall-man1 \ install-man uninstall-man tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check \ check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \ all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/gpl.texi0100644000175000017500000004365107235177571015254 0ustar yghygh@setfilename gpl.info @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE @center Version 2, June 1991 @display Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @unnumberedsec Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. @iftex @unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION @end iftex @ifinfo @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION @end ifinfo @enumerate @item This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. @item You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. @item You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: @enumerate a @item You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. @item You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. @item If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) @end enumerate These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. @item You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: @enumerate a @item Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, @item Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, @item Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) @end enumerate The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. @item You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. @item You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. @item Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. @item If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. @item If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. @item The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. @item If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. @iftex @heading NO WARRANTY @end iftex @ifinfo @center NO WARRANTY @end ifinfo @item BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. @item IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. @end enumerate @iftex @heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS @end iftex @ifinfo @center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS @end ifinfo @page @unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. @smallexample @var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.} Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author} This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. @end smallexample Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: @smallexample Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author} Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. @end smallexample The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and @samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: @smallexample @group Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. @var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice @end group @end smallexample This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000034407311076645015616 0ustar yghygh# build and install the .info pages MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in info_TEXINFOS = yyt.texi yyt_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi # install the man pages man_MANS=yyt.1 # man is not required by GNU but info is. EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/stamp-vti0100644000175000017500000000010007311400717015406 0ustar yghygh@set UPDATED 11 June 2001 @set EDITION 0.7.0 @set VERSION 0.7.0 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/texinfo.tex0100644000175000017500000062502707310433136015762 0ustar yghygh% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2001-05-24.08} % % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, % 2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at % your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. % % In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. % You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve % what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) % ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex % ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex % (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list). % /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. % The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps. % The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get % the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t % We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} \hyphenation{eshell} \hyphenation{white-space} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen \bindingoffset \newdimen \normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen }% \else \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen }% \fi % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 2\baselineskip \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \turnoffactive \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg#1{% \let\next = #1% \begingroup \obeylines \futurelet\temp\parseargx } % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. \def\parseargx{% % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. \ifx\obeyedspace\temp \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace \else \expandafter\parseargline \fi } % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). {\obeyspaces % \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. % % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. \argremovec #1\c\relax % \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % % % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% }% } % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is % just to delimit the argument to the \c. \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the % result to \toks0. % % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. % \def\removeactivespaces#1{% \begingroup \ignoreactivespaces \edef\temp{#1}% \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% \endgroup } % Change the active space to expand to nothing. % \begingroup \obeyspaces \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} \endgroup \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} \def\ENVcheck{% \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} \def\beginxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else \csname #1\endcsname\fi} % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} \def\endxxx #1{% \removeactivespaces{#1}% \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% \else \unmatchedenderror\endthing \fi \else % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. \csname E\endthing\endcsname \fi } % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. % \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% } % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. % \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% } % Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in % \nonfillstart and \quotations). \newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt \def\singlespace{% % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below % environments. --karl, 6may93 %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip %\kern \baselineskip}% \setleading \singlespaceskip } %% Simple single-character @ commands % @@ prints an @ % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). \def\@{{\tt\char64}} % This is turned off because it was never documented % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' %% but suppressing ligatures. %\def\`{{`}} %\def\'{{'}} % Used to generate quoted braces. \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% @endgroup % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \t \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % \def\group{\begingroup \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi % % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% \egroup % End the \vtop. \endgroup % End the \group. }% % \vtop\bgroup % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. \everypar = {\strut}% % % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's % normal interline spacing. \offinterlineskip % % OK, but now we have to do something about blank % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an % empty paragraph. \ifx\par\lisppar \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% % % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. \obeylines \fi % % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \def\need{\parsearg\needx} % Old definition--didn't work. %\def\needx #1{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} \def\needx#1{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break \let\br = \par % @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter % font as three actual period characters. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 1.5em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 2em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% \spacefactor=3000 } % @page forces the start of a new page % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\include{\begingroup \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`~=12 \catcode`^=12 \catcode`_=12 \catcode`|=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 \catcode`+=12 \parsearg\includezzz} % Restore active chars for included file. \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. \def\thisfile{#1}% \input\thisfile \endgroup} \def\thisfile{} % @center line outputs that line, centered \def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} \def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \centerline{#1}}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \commentxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} \def\doparagraphindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} \def\doexampleindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math means output in math mode. % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control % sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, % we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they % should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a % control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. % % This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it % seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. % \let\implicitmath = $ \def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \iflinks \readauxfile \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi \closein1 \temp % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % Called from \setfilename. % \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \pdffalse \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\linkcolor = \relax \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \else \pdftrue \pdfoutput = 1 \input pdfcolor \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\imagewidth{#2}% \def\imageheight{#3}% \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \pdfimage \else \pdfximage \fi \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.pdf% \else {#1.pdf}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1} xyz} \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@} \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1\else\bgroup \closein 1 \indexnofonts \def\tt{} \let\_ = \normalunderscore % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace % \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} \input \jobname.toc \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} \input \jobname.toc \egroup\fi }} \def\makelinks #1,{% \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% \ifx\params\E \let\nextmakelinks=\relax \else \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi \picknum{#1}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% \linkcolor #1% \advance\lnkcount by 1% \endlink \fi \nextmakelinks } \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} \def\pn#1{% \def\p{#1}% \ifx\p\lbrace \let\nextpn=\ppn \else \let\nextpn=\ppnn \def\first{#1} \fi \nextpn } \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% \let\value=\expandablevalue \leavevmode\Red \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% % #1 \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}} \linkcolor #1\endlink} \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} % Font-change commands. % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this one. \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} % Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt). \newcount\mainmagstep \mainmagstep=\magstephalf % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\undefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} \ifx\bigger\relax \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} \else \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \fi % Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep % A few fonts for @defun, etc. \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\authorrm{\secrm} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 % Section fonts (14.4pt). \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 % \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. % \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. % \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} %\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. %\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than %\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. %\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} %\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} %\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, % but that is not a standard magnification. % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we % don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would % also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to % redefine \bf itself. \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \resetmathfonts} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? \def\smallfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}} % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \textfonts % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} \def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic \let\cite=\smartslanted \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% \null } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} \font\keysy=cmsy9 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % The old definition, with no lozenge: %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} % @file, @option are the same as @samp. \let\file=\samp \let\option=\samp % @code is a modification of @t, % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1% }% \null } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex } % % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, % just treat them as a normal -. \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} %\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% \def\arg{#1}% \ifx\arg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\arg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\arg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro, % the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.) \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} % For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. \let\url=\code \let\env=\code \let\command=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in % a hypertex \special here. % \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \code{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. \def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. \def\pounds{{\it\$}} \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. % \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% % \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% % % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % % Now you can print the title using @title. \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Now you can put text using @subtitle. \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% % % @author should come last, but may come many times. \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \oldpage \let\page = \oldpage \hbox{}}% % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % If they want short, they certainly want long too. \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \shortcontents \contents \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \global\let\contents = \relax \fi % \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \contents \global\let\contents = \relax \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi % \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi % \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make Tex use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} {\catcode`\@=0 % \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip } \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % }% unbind the catcode of @. % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\HEADINGSoff{ \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\undefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following % \baselineskip glue. \nobreak \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} % Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\dontindex #1{} \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% {\obeyspaces % \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% \aboveenvbreak % \begingroup % \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. \let\itemindex=#1% \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % \def\itemfont{#2}% \itemmax=\tableindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\item = \internalBitem % \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % } % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} \def\itemizezzz #1{% \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} } \def\itemizey #1#2{% \aboveenvbreak % \itemmax=\itemindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \itemindent % \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent = 0pt % \parskip = \smallskipamount % \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \def\itemcontents{#1}% \let\item=\itemizeitem} % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % These are `.?!:;,' \def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate % % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% \flushcr} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it % will parse correctly, i.e., % % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 % template} % Not: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} % {Column 3 template} % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which % is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we % just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the % percent of \hsize for this column. \def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator; % typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is % not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we % encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{&} % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} \def\dotable#1{\bgroup \vskip\parskip \let\item\crcr \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}% % % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. % The table preamble % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. \everycr{\noalign{% % % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. \global\colcount=0\relax}}% % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking % characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr } \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on % current baselineskip. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, %% to keep lines equally spaced \let\multistrut = \strut \else %% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 width0pt\relax} \fi %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{conditionals,} % Prevent errors for section commands. % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. \def\ignoresections{% \let\chapter=\relax \let\unnumbered=\relax \let\top=\relax \let\unnumberedsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax \let\section=\relax \let\subsec=\relax \let\subsubsec=\relax \let\subsection=\relax \let\subsubsection=\relax \let\appendix=\relax \let\appendixsec=\relax \let\appendixsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax \let\contents=\relax \let\smallbook=\relax \let\titlepage=\relax } % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used % incorrectly. % \def\ignoremorecommands{% \let\defcodeindex = \relax \let\defcv = \relax \let\deffn = \relax \let\deffnx = \relax \let\defindex = \relax \let\defivar = \relax \let\defmac = \relax \let\defmethod = \relax \let\defop = \relax \let\defopt = \relax \let\defspec = \relax \let\deftp = \relax \let\deftypefn = \relax \let\deftypefun = \relax \let\deftypeivar = \relax \let\deftypeop = \relax \let\deftypevar = \relax \let\deftypevr = \relax \let\defun = \relax \let\defvar = \relax \let\defvr = \relax \let\ref = \relax \let\xref = \relax \let\printindex = \relax \let\pxref = \relax \let\settitle = \relax \let\setchapternewpage = \relax \let\setchapterstyle = \relax \let\everyheading = \relax \let\evenheading = \relax \let\oddheading = \relax \let\everyfooting = \relax \let\evenfooting = \relax \let\oddfooting = \relax \let\headings = \relax \let\include = \relax \let\lowersections = \relax \let\down = \relax \let\raisesections = \relax \let\up = \relax \let\set = \relax \let\clear = \relax \let\item = \relax } % Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. % \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} % Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. % \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory = \comment % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. % \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \catcode32 = 10 % % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. \catcode`\{ = 9 \catcode`\} = 9 % % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. \catcode`\@ = 12 % % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) % @c @end ifinfo % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) \catcode`\c = 14 % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext } % What we do to finish off ignored text. % \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse \def\obstexwarn{% \ifwarnedobs\relax\else % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. \immediate\write16{} \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} \immediate\write16{} \global\warnedobstrue \fi } % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), % uncomment the following line: %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. % \def\nestedignore#1{% \obstexwarn % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. % \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the % @end command again. \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% % % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we % undefine them. % % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. \ignoremorecommands % % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of % stuff compared to the main input. % \nullfont \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont \let\tensf=\nullfont % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample). \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont \let\smallsf=\nullfont % % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. \tracinglostchars = 0 % % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. \frenchspacing % % Don't report underfull hboxes. \hbadness = 10000 % % Do minimal line-breaking. \pretolerance = 10000 % % Do not execute instructions in @tex \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% % Do not execute macro definitions. % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid % losing inside @example, for instance. % \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. \parsearg\setxxx} \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \fi \endgroup } % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. { \catcode`\_ = \active % % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any % such active characters to their normal equivalents. \gdef\value{\begingroup \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore \valuexxx} } \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones % whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything % about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result % winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value % contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail % (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a % one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % \def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} \def\ifsetxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifsetfail \else \expandafter\ifsetsucceed \fi } \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} \defineunmatchedend{ifset} % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % \def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} \def\ifclearxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifclearsucceed \else \expandafter\ifclearfail \fi } \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text % following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' % (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. % \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} \defineunmatchedend{iftex} \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} % We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it % at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no % effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must % define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't % just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since % the @ifset might be nested.) % \def\conditionalsucceed#1{% \edef\temp{% % Remember the current value of \E#1. \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% % % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% }% \temp } % We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the % control sequences after we've constructed them. % \def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} \def\indexdummies{% \def\ { }% % Take care of the plain tex accent commands. \def\"{\realbackslash "}% \def\`{\realbackslash `}% \def\'{\realbackslash '}% \def\^{\realbackslash ^}% \def\~{\realbackslash ~}% \def\={\realbackslash =}% \def\b{\realbackslash b}% \def\c{\realbackslash c}% \def\d{\realbackslash d}% \def\u{\realbackslash u}% \def\v{\realbackslash v}% \def\H{\realbackslash H}% % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% \def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% \def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% \def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% \def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% \def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% \def\o{\realbackslash o}% \def\O{\realbackslash O}% \def\l{\realbackslash l}% \def\L{\realbackslash L}% \def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% % Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. % (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to % laboriously list every single command here.) \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% \def\w{\realbackslash w }% \def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% %\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% \def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% \def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% \def\less{\realbackslash less}% \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% \def\result{\realbackslash result}% \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% \def\print{\realbackslash print}% \def\error{\realbackslash error}% \def\point{\realbackslash point}% \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% \def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}% \def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}% \def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}% \def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}% \def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}% \def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% \def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% \def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% \def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% \def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% \def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% \def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% \def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% \def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% \def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% \def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}% % % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any % (non-fully-expandable) commands. \let\value = \expandablevalue % \unsepspaces % Turn off macro expansion \turnoffmacros } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). {\obeyspaces \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} % \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. % This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. \def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} \def\indexdummytex{TeX} \def\indexdummydots{...} \def\indexnofonts{% % Just ignore accents. \let\,=\indexdummyfont \let\"=\indexdummyfont \let\`=\indexdummyfont \let\'=\indexdummyfont \let\^=\indexdummyfont \let\~=\indexdummyfont \let\==\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\c=\indexdummyfont \let\d=\indexdummyfont \let\u=\indexdummyfont \let\v=\indexdummyfont \let\H=\indexdummyfont \let\dotless=\indexdummyfont % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{oe}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\AA{AA}% \def\o{o}% \def\O{O}% \def\l{l}% \def\L{L}% \def\ss{ss}% \let\w=\indexdummyfont \let\t=\indexdummyfont \let\r=\indexdummyfont \let\i=\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\emph=\indexdummyfont \let\strong=\indexdummyfont \let\cite=\indexdummyfont \let\sc=\indexdummyfont %Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... %\let\tt=\indexdummyfont \let\tclose=\indexdummyfont \let\code=\indexdummyfont \let\url=\indexdummyfont \let\uref=\indexdummyfont \let\env=\indexdummyfont \let\acronym=\indexdummyfont \let\command=\indexdummyfont \let\option=\indexdummyfont \let\file=\indexdummyfont \let\samp=\indexdummyfont \let\kbd=\indexdummyfont \let\key=\indexdummyfont \let\var=\indexdummyfont \let\TeX=\indexdummytex \let\dots=\indexdummydots \def\@{@}% } % To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. % We must first make another character (@) an escape % so we do not become unable to do a definition. {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % For \ifx comparisons. \def\emptymacro{\empty} % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception % is with defuns, which call us directly. % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% \fi {% \count255=\lastpenalty {% \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \escapechar=`\\ {% \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % \def\thirdarg{#3}% % % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \let\subentry = \empty \else \def\subentry{ #3}% \fi % % First process the index entry with all font commands turned % off to get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% % % Now the real index entry with the fonts. \toks0 = {#2}% % % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index % line to write. \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}% \fi % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences % like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi \fi % \temp % do the write % % \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% }% \penalty\count255 }% } % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \indexbreaks % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. \def\initial#1{{% % Some minor font changes for the special characters. \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \penalty -300 % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip % % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak }} % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent = 2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking % parameters we've set above will have an effect. \noindent % % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. #1% % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \def\tempa{{\rm }}% \def\tempb{#2}% \edef\tempc{\tempa}% \edef\tempd{\tempb}% \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. \fi \fi% \par \endgroup} % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else #2 \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. % \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % % All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the % current page, no automatic page break. \balancecolumns % % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, % though, there will be another page break right after this \output % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes % the output somewhat more palatable.) \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } % % Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% % \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % Choose a numbered-heading macro % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections % #2 is text for heading \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#2} \or \seczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2} \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#2} \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2} \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2} \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2} \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#2} \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2} \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}}}% \temp \donoderef \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz \def\appendixzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% \chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} % @top is like @unnumbered. \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz \def\unnumberedzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% % \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % Sections. \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry% {\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsubsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% \temp \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% \temp \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry% {\the\toks0}}}% \temp \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit % overlong headings to fold. % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon \def\CHAPFplain{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} % Plain chapter opening. % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. \def\chfplain#1#2{% \pchapsepmacro {% \chapfonts \rm \def\chapnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % Plain opening for unnumbered. \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerchfplain#1{{% \def\centerparametersmaybe{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt }% \chfplain{#1}{}% }} \CHAPFplain % The default \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} % Subsection titles. \newskip \subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} % Subsubsection titles. \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} % Print any size section title. % % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% {% \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname }% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm % % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. \def\secnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% % \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #3}% }% \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. % % We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other % given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\writetocentry#1{% \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \pdfmakeoutlines \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents \ifpdf \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% \fi % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. % \newdimen\shortappendixwidth % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language. \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}% \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 % % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi % % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% } \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} % Subsections. \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % And subsubsections. \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we % have to do the usual translation tricks. \entry{#1}{#2}% \endgroup} % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. \newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox \newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox \newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox %{\tentt %\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} %\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} %\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} %\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} % Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) %\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex % depth .1ex\hfil} %} % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. \def\point{$\star$} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{ \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % The @error{} command. \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. \def\tex{\begingroup \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode 43=12 % plus \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\==12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \escapechar=`\\ % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% \let\Etex=\endgroup} % Define @lisp ... @endlisp. % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % {\obeyspaces % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is % for use in \parsearg. {\sepspaces% \global\let\obeyedspace= } % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \long\def\cartouche{% \begingroup \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing=\comment \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \hsize=\cartinner \kern3pt \begingroup \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \def\Ecartouche{% \endgroup \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \endgroup }} % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \singlespace \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing % at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \let\exdent=\nofillexdent \let\nonarrowing=\relax \fi } % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. % % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be % inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after % the environment. % \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. \def\lisp{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish \tt \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @example: Same as @lisp. \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook % redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the % definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or % whatever) command. % % This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an % @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. % \def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display} \def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} \def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} \def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. \def\smalllispx{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \lisp } % @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \def\display{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts. % \def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \rm \display } % @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \def\format{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts. % \def\smallformatx{\begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallfonts \rm \format } % @flushleft (same as @format). % \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} % @flushright. % \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble } % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % \def\quotation{% \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \singlespace \parindent=0pt % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~} % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} % % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font \begingroup \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} \endgroup % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen0 by\tabw \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox }% } \endgroup \def\setupverbatim{% % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \tt \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabexpand % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}' % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] %% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know %% \begingroup %% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 %% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active %% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ %% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] %% |endgroup \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}} \endgroup % \def\verbatim{% \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim } % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\verbatiminclude{% \begingroup \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`~=12 \catcode`^=12 \catcode`_=12 \catcode`|=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 \catcode`+=12 \parsearg\doverbatiminclude } \def\setupverbatiminclude{% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim } % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% % Restore active chars for included file. \endgroup \begingroup \def\thisfile{#1}% \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. % Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\parencount % define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. % \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} % This is used to turn on special parens % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested \global\advance\parencount by 1 } % % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } % \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi \global\advance \parencount by -1 } % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } % \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} } % End of definition inside \activeparens %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } \let\ampnr = \& \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} % Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. { \catcode`& = 13 \global\let& = \ampnr } % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. % #1 should be the function name. % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". \def\defname #1#2{% % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were % outside the @def... \dimen2=\leftskip \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent \noindent \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) % ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, % but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, % so that \rightline will obey them. \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}% % Make all lines underfull and no complaints: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name } % Actually process the body of a definition % #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. % #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. % #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, % such as \defunheader. \def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' \obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. % \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} % Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. % #5 is the method's return type. % \def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV \medbreak \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} % Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an % extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it % being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have % to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the % input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for % the \E... definition to assign the category name to. % \def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV \medbreak \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {% \def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}} \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones % except that they do not make parens into active characters. % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % \obeylines\spacesplit#3} % This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for % some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. % \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% \begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines } \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% } % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody % % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and % won't strip off the braces. % \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty } % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the % braces (if any). That's what this does. % \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 % (which might be empty) the arguments. % \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% }% \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % Split up #2 at the first space token. % call #1 with two arguments: % the first is all of #2 before the space token, % the second is all of #2 after that space token. % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg % and the second is passed as empty. {\obeylines \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% \long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% \ifx\relax #3% #1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} % So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. % Define @defun. % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% #1% {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak } \def\deftypefunargs #1{% % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. \boldbraxnoamp \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak } % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. % @deffn Command forward-char nchars \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defun == @deffn Function \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents % at least some C++ text from working \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defmac == @deffn Macro \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defspec == @deffn Special Form \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... % \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} % \def\defopheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... % \def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader \deftypeopcategory} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. \def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... % \def\deftypemethod{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME % \def\deftypeivar{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defmethod == @defop Method % \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. \def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \defunargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME % \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} % \def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak} % @defvr Counter foo-count \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} % @defvar == @defvr Variable \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @deftypevar int foobar \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} % @deftp Class window height width ... \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} % These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. % \def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} \def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} \def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} \def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} \def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} \def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} \def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} \def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} \def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} \def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} \def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. \toks0={#1\endinput}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces \input \jobname.tmp \endgroup } \else \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} \fi \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? \def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\let \expandafter\expandafter \csname#1\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname} % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\macrobodyctxt{% \catcode`\~=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\+=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\^^M=12 \usembodybackslash} \def\macroargctxt{% \catcode`\~=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\+=12 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\\=12} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% % Add the macroname to \macrolist \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} \def\unmacroxxx#1{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist \begingroup \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% \def\do##1{% \def\tempb{##1}% \ifx\tempa\tempb % remove this \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}% \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}% \fi}% \def\newmacrolist{}% % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist \macrolist \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1% \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \fi \fi} \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} % We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not % expanded by \write. \def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. \def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces \edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% \expandafter\endgroup\next} \message{cross references,} % @xref etc. \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's job is to define \lastnode. \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} \def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\relax % The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. \def\donoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Ysectionnumberandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\unnumbnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\appendixnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Yappendixletterandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister \gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely % NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have % to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title % aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the % first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. % \def\setref#1#2{{% \indexdummies \pdfmkdest{#1}% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% }} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. \ifpdf \leavevmode \getfilename{#4}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}% \else \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto name{#1@}% \fi \linkcolor \fi % \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\normalturnoffactive % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % [mynode], [\printednodename],\space % page 3 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi \endlink \endgroup} % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros % Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) \def\dosetq#1#2{% {\let\folio=0% \normalturnoffactive \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% \iflinks \next \fi }% } % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into % CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} % When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character \def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} \def\Ytitle{\thissection} \def\Ynothing{} \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \gdef\xreftie{'tie} % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. \def\refx#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \csname X#1\endcsname \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. % \def\xrdef#1{\begingroup % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. \catcode`\\ = 0 \afterassignment\endgroup \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. \def\readauxfile{\begingroup \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters {% \count 1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count 1=\other \advance\count 1 by 1 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`\'=0 \catcode`\\=\other % \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue \global\warnedobstrue \fi % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \endgroup} % Footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \footnotezzz }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Hang the footnote text off the number. \hang \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } \def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} \def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup} }%end \catcode `\@=11 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % \def\setleading#1{% \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \ifpdf \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \else % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \nobreak\bigskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% \bigbreak \else % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi \endgroup \fi } \message{localization,} % and i18n. % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. % \def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} \def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file if it exists. \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \let\temp = \relax \else \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% \fi \temp \endgroup } \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most % likely, but for now just recognize it. \let\documentencoding = \comment % Page size parameters. % \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 2000 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; % 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can % set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \pageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \pagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % Use `small' versions. % \def\smallenvironments{% \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx \let\smallexample = \smalllispx \let\smallformat = \smallformatx \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{13.2pt}% % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \setleading{12pt}% % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \deftypemargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm \smallenvironments }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{12pt}% \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{12.5pt}% \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt % \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0mm \deftypemargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm % \smallenvironments }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \setleading{13.6pt}% % \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. \def\afourwide{% \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 } % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{13.2pt}% % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} \def\normalunderscore{_} \def\normalverticalbar{|} \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} \def\normaldollar{$} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt\char126}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar} %\catcode 27=\active %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. {\catcode`\==\active \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} \catcode`\@=0 % \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ %{\catcode`\\=\other %@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} % \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. {\catcode`\\=\active @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters % even after parsing them. @def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@realbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar} @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@normalbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. @catcode`@& = @other @catcode`@# = @other @catcode`@% = @other @c Set initial fonts. @textfonts @rm @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/version.texi0100644000175000017500000000010007311400717016117 0ustar yghygh@set UPDATED 11 June 2001 @set EDITION 0.7.0 @set VERSION 0.7.0 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/yyt.texi0100644000175000017500000001640507311157767015314 0ustar yghygh@include version.texi \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c This file uses the @command command introduced in Texinfo 4.0. @c %**start of header @setfilename yyt.info @settitle YYT converts between different Chinese charset on a tty @finalout @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header @c version.texi automatically created and have edition, version and @c UPDATE defined. @c @set VERSION 0.1.0 @include version.texi @dircategory Individual utilities @direntry * YYT: (yyt). A psuedo tty for automatical Chinese encoding conversion. @end direntry @ifinfo This file documents the @command{yyt} command which converts between different Chinese charset on a tty console. Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @ignore Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). @end ignore Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. @end ifinfo @titlepage @title Yi Yan Tang @subtitle YYT converts between different Chinese charset on a console tty. @subtitle for yyt Version @value{VERSION} @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{UPDATED} @author by ha shao @author @email{hashao @@ chinese.com} @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 2001 ha shao Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. @end titlepage @c All the nodes can be updated using the EMACS command @c texinfo-every-node-update, which is normally bound to C-c C-u C-e. @node Top, Instructions, (dir), (dir) @ifinfo This file documents the @command{yyt} command which converts between different Chinese charset on a tty terminal. @end ifinfo @c All the menus can be updated with the EMACS command @c texinfo-all-menus-update, which is normally bound to C-c C-u C-a. @menu * Instructions:: How to read this manual. * Copying:: How you can copy and share @command{yyt}. * Overview:: Preliminary information. * Sample:: Sample output from @command{yyt}. * Invoking yyt:: How to run @command{yyt}. * Problems:: Reporting bugs. * Concept Index:: Index of concepts. @end menu @node Instructions, Copying, Top, Top @chapter How to Read This Manual @cindex reading @cindex manual, how to read @cindex how to read To read this manual, begin at the beginning, reading from left to right and top to bottom, until you get to the end. Then stop. You may pause for a beer anywhere in the middle as well, if you wish. (Please note, however, that The King strongly advises against heavy use of prescription pharmaceuticals, based on his extensive personal and professional experience.) @node Copying, Overview, Instructions, Top @include gpl.texi @node Overview, Sample, Copying, Top @chapter Overview @cindex greetings @cindex overview YYT -- Yi yan tang (Single Language Temple in Chinese) or YYT's Yodel TTY. The GNU @command{yyt} is a psuedo terminal program which detect Chinese encoding on incoming text and convert the Chinese into the encoding of the local terminal. The encoding is auto-detected. If the incoming encoding is set, the user input will be convert from the local encoding to the incoming encoding too. So basically, you can yodel however you like, but this program will make anything plain and boring. The program is very helpful to users who want to deal with multiple Chinese encodings on a Chinese terminal. Saka's libhz is used for Chinese encoding detection and conversion. libhz can be find in autoconvert at http://www.debian.org/~ygh. The homepage of yiyantang locates at http://yiyantang.on.openave.net. GNU @command{yyt} was written by ha shao. @node Sample, Invoking yyt, Overview, Top @chapter Sample Output @cindex sample Here are some realistic examples of running @command{yyt}. This is the output of the command @samp{yyt}: @example yyt yyt --from=GB2312 yyt --from=BIG5 --to=GB2312 mutt @end example This is the output of the command @samp{yyt --help}: @example yiyantang 0.3.3 Purpose: YYT converts among different Chinese encodings. Usage: yiyantang [-h|--help] [-V|--version] -fSTRING|--from=STRING -tSTRING|--to=STRING [FILES]... -h --help Print help and exit -V --version Print version and exit -fSTRING --from=STRING Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect. -tSTRING --to=STRING Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment. @end example @node Invoking yyt, Problems, Sample, Top @chapter Invoking @command{yyt} @cindex invoking @cindex version @cindex options @cindex usage @cindex help @cindex getting help The format for running the @command{yyt} program is: @example yyt @var{option} command@dots{} @end example @code{yyt} supports the following options: @c Formatting copied from the Texinfo 4.0 manual. @table @code @item --from=encoding @itemx -f encoding Set encoding of the incoming text to 'encoding'. @item --to=encoding @itemx -t encoding Set encoding of the local terminal to 'encoding'. @item --help @itemx -? Print an informative help message describing the options and then exit successfully. @item --version @itemx -V Print the version number of @command{yyt} on the standard output and then exit successfully. @end table @node Problems, Concept Index, Invoking yyt, Top @chapter Reporting Bugs @cindex bugs @cindex problems If you find a bug in @command{yyt}, please send electronic mail to @email{hashao@@chinese.com}. Include the version number, which you can find by running @w{@samp{yyt --version}}. Also include in your message the output that the program produced and the output you expected.@refill If you have other questions, comments or suggestions about @command{yyt}, contact the author via electronic mail to @email{hashao@@chinese.com}. The author will try to help you out, although he may not have time to fix your problems. (I am not THAT bad. This thing is generated automatically by some cool program.) @node Concept Index, , Problems, Top @unnumbered Concept Index @cindex tail recursion @printindex cp @shortcontents @contents @bye yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/yyt.10100644000175000017500000001367307311165733014477 0ustar yghygh.ig .\" hey, Emacs: -*- nroff -*- YYT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. Use comman 'groff -t -e -mandoc -Tascii yyt.1' to get the file. .. .TH YYT 1 "June 2001" YiYanTang "Yi Yan Tang User Manual" .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .\" Session NAME: First session, followed by an one-liner. .\" The one lines is used by makewhatis. .SH NAME yyt \- A psuedo tty program which automatically converts among Chinese encodings. .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .\" SYNOPSIS: Command interface. .\" For functions, show required declaractions e.g. #include. .\" Boldface: as-is text .\" Italic: replaceable arguments, function arguments, filenames .\" brackets[]: surround optional arguments .\" vertical bar |: seperate choices .\" ellipses...: can be repeated .SH SYNOPSIS .B yyt [\-h|\-\-help] .br .B yyt [\-V|\-\-version] .br .B yyt [\-f \fIencoding\fP|\-\-from=\fIencoding\fP] [\-t \fIencoding\fP|\-\-to=\fIencoding\fP] .IR [command...] .PP Where [command...] is the command you want to run using yyt. If not given, the default is set to the environment variable .B SHELL. If .B SHELL is not set, .B /bin/sh will be used. .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .\" What the command does. .SH DESCRIPTION .B yyt is a psuedo tty program that will translate Chinese encodings automatically on a console. Supported encodings are BIG5/GB2312/HZ/UTF-7/UTF-8/UCS. .B yyt is similar to .IR hztty (1) except that yyt will make things automatic all the way. Yi Yan Tang use Saka's libhz to detect and convert Chinese encodings. libhz is include in autoconvert and can be found at http://www.debian.org/~ygh/. .\" Any options. .SH OPTIONS .B yyt supports following Chinese encodings for both input and output: .IP .B "GB2312, BIG5, HZ, UTF-7, UTF-8, UCS" .PP .B yyt supports following command line options: .IP "\-f \fIencoding\fP or \-\-from=\fIencoding\fP" This option sets the encoding of the incoming text. The valid values of encoding are specified above. .IP "\-t \fIencoding\fP or \-\-to=\fIencoding\fP" This option sets the encoding of the local terminal. The valid values of encoding are specified above. .IP "\-h or \-\-help" This option prints out the usage of yyt. .IP "\-V or \-\-version" Gives the current version of ytt. .PP .B NOTE: If the \-\-from encoding is not set, yyt will guess the encoding of the incoming text. You can safely type the command: .RS 5 % yyt .RE to start the program. Then you can use the command-mode described below to control how yyt acts. .SH USAGE There are some on the fly commands which can be used to control the behavior of .B yyt once it is started. User can use these commands to switch encoding, disable auto-encoding-detection or turn off encoding conversion all together. .PP To active the yyt command mode, press the combination key .PP .RS 10 .B ctrl-y .RE .PP (for switch-on-YYT-command-mode). Then follow a single key command. Once the command is entered, the command mode is switched off. .PP The possible commands in the command mode are: .IP g For switch incoming encoding to .B GB2312 encoding. .IP b For switch incoming encoding to .B BIG5 encoding. .IP h For switch incoming encoding to .B HZ encoding. .IP u For switch incoming encoding to .B UCS encoding. .IP 7 For switch incoming encoding to .B UTF-7 encoding. .IP 8 For switch incoming encoding to .B UTF-8 encoding. .IP r For reset encoding state to the initial mode. .IP d For turn off all the encoding conversions. .IP a For set the incoming encoding to auto-detect mode. .IP y For input a .B ctrl-y keycode to the terminal so that ctrl-y can still be typed in. .PP .B Note: If the incoming encoding is explicitly set either through command line options or on line command, the user input is also converted from the terminal encoding to the incoming encoding. .SH ENVIRONMENT .IP LC_CTYPE If set, the incoming encoding will be set to the encoding of LC_CTYPE. LC_CTYPE will be Overriden by the .B \-\-to command line option. .IP SHELL .br If set and there are no command line option given for [command...], the SHELL will be executed on the start of the program. .SH DIAGNOSTICS Please see BUGS section. .SH BUGS yyt tries to segment a stream of text into Hanzi parts and English parts. That way, we can have a better guessing on the Chinese encodings for every small part of Chinese. However, Hanzi segmentation does not always work correctly, especially when using curses/slang based programs. Redraw screen (normally ctrl-l) sometime correct it. This problem is expected. Suggestions on better segmentation algrithm are always welcomed. Turn off auto-detection by specify a fromcode by (ctr-y .I key ) will give better conversion result. .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .SH AUTHOR hashao .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .\" Related manpages in alphabetical order. Maybe also other documents at the end. .\" man page in bold and section number in Roman man(7). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR libhz (3), .BR pyhz (7), .BR hztty (1) .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .br .B yiyantang homepage at http://yiyantang.on.openave.net/ .\".UR http://yiyantang.on.openave.net .\".UE .br .B autoconvert homepage at http://www.debian.org/~ygh/ .\" .UR http://www.debian.org/~ygh/ .\" .UE yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/C/yyt.info0100644000175000017500000006155107311400720015254 0ustar yghyghThis is yyt.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.0 from yyt.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * YYT: (yyt). A psuedo tty for automatical Chinese encoding conversion. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file documents the `yyt' command which converts between different Chinese charset on a tty console. Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: yyt.info, Node: Top, Next: Instructions, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) This file documents the `yyt' command which converts between different Chinese charset on a tty terminal. * Menu: * Instructions:: How to read this manual. * Copying:: How you can copy and share `yyt'. * Overview:: Preliminary information. * Sample:: Sample output from `yyt'. * Invoking yyt:: How to run `yyt'. * Problems:: Reporting bugs. * Concept Index:: Index of concepts.  File: yyt.info, Node: Instructions, Next: Copying, Prev: Top, Up: Top How to Read This Manual *********************** To read this manual, begin at the beginning, reading from left to right and top to bottom, until you get to the end. Then stop. You may pause for a beer anywhere in the middle as well, if you wish. (Please note, however, that The King strongly advises against heavy use of prescription pharmaceuticals, based on his extensive personal and professional experience.)  File: yyt.info, Node: Copying, Next: Overview, Prev: Instructions, Up: Top GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE ************************** Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble ======== The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 2. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 3. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a. You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 4. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a. Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b. Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c. Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 5. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 6. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 7. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 8. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 9. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 10. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 11. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 12. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 13. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs ============================================= If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. ONE LINE TO GIVE THE PROGRAM'S NAME AND AN IDEA OF WHAT IT DOES. Copyright (C) 19YY NAME OF AUTHOR This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19YY NAME OF AUTHOR Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. SIGNATURE OF TY COON, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.  File: yyt.info, Node: Overview, Next: Sample, Prev: Copying, Up: Top Overview ******** YYT - Yi yan tang (Single Language Temple in Chinese) or YYT's Yodel TTY. The GNU `yyt' is a psuedo terminal program which detect Chinese encoding on incoming text and convert the Chinese into the encoding of the local terminal. The encoding is auto-detected. If the incoming encoding is set, the user input will be convert from the local encoding to the incoming encoding too. So basically, you can yodel however you like, but this program will make anything plain and boring. The program is very helpful to users who want to deal with multiple Chinese encodings on a Chinese terminal. Saka's libhz is used for Chinese encoding detection and conversion. libhz can be find in autoconvert at http://www.debian.org/~ygh. The homepage of yiyantang locates at http://yiyantang.on.openave.net. GNU `yyt' was written by ha shao.  File: yyt.info, Node: Sample, Next: Invoking yyt, Prev: Overview, Up: Top Sample Output ************* Here are some realistic examples of running `yyt'. This is the output of the command `yyt': yyt yyt --from=GB2312 yyt --from=BIG5 --to=GB2312 mutt This is the output of the command `yyt --help': yiyantang 0.3.3 Purpose: YYT converts among different Chinese encodings. Usage: yiyantang [-h|--help] [-V|--version] -fSTRING|--from=STRING -tSTRING|--to=STRING [FILES]... -h --help Print help and exit -V --version Print version and exit -fSTRING --from=STRING Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect. -tSTRING --to=STRING Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment.  File: yyt.info, Node: Invoking yyt, Next: Problems, Prev: Sample, Up: Top Invoking `yyt' ************** The format for running the `yyt' program is: yyt OPTION command... `yyt' supports the following options: `--from=encoding' `-f encoding' Set encoding of the incoming text to 'encoding'. `--to=encoding' `-t encoding' Set encoding of the local terminal to 'encoding'. `--help' `-?' Print an informative help message describing the options and then exit successfully. `--version' `-V' Print the version number of `yyt' on the standard output and then exit successfully.  File: yyt.info, Node: Problems, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Invoking yyt, Up: Top Reporting Bugs ************** If you find a bug in `yyt', please send electronic mail to . Include the version number, which you can find by running `yyt --version'. Also include in your message the output that the program produced and the output you expected. If you have other questions, comments or suggestions about `yyt', contact the author via electronic mail to . The author will try to help you out, although he may not have time to fix your problems. (I am not THAT bad. This thing is generated automatically by some cool program.)  File: yyt.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Problems, Up: Top Concept Index ************* * Menu: * bugs: Problems. * getting help: Invoking yyt. * greetings: Overview. * help: Invoking yyt. * how to read: Instructions. * invoking: Invoking yyt. * manual, how to read: Instructions. * options: Invoking yyt. * overview: Overview. * problems: Problems. * reading: Instructions. * sample: Sample. * tail recursion: Concept Index. * usage: Invoking yyt. * version: Invoking yyt.  Tag Table: Node: Top1039 Node: Instructions1623 Node: Copying2121 Node: Overview21280 Node: Sample22226 Node: Invoking yyt23031 Node: Problems23658 Node: Concept Index24339  End Tag Table yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_CN/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400721014367 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_CN/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000001164007311400721016431 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = ../.. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps doc/zh_CN/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = doc/zh_CN distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done info-am: info: info-am dvi-am: dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am check: check-am installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-am install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data-am: install-data: install-data-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-am uninstall-am: uninstall: uninstall-am all-am: Makefile all-redirect: all-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-am distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am .PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \ installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \ all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_CN/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000000007273247773016433 0ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_TW/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400721014421 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_TW/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000001164007311400721016463 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = ../.. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps doc/zh_TW/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = doc/zh_TW distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done info-am: info: info-am dvi-am: dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am check: check-am installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-am install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data-am: install-data: install-data-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-am uninstall-am: uninstall: uninstall-am all-am: Makefile all-redirect: all-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-am distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am .PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \ installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \ all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/doc/zh_TW/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000000007273247773016465 0ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/po/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400722013240 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/po/ChangeLog0100644000175000017500000000030207311112260014775 0ustar yghygh2001-06-11 gettextize * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.38. 2001-06-11 gettextize * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.37. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/po/Makefile.in.in0100644000175000017500000001213407303735662015725 0ustar yghygh# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package. # Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper # # This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ # These two variables depend on the location of this directory. subdir = po top_builddir = .. SHELL = /bin/sh @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ datadir = @datadir@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` CC = @CC@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ MSGMERGE = msgmerge DEFS = @DEFS@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) POFILES = @POFILES@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \ $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) POTFILES = \ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .c.o: $(COMPILE) $< .po.pox: $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox .po.mo: $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $< .po.gmo: file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \ && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $< all: all-@USE_NLS@ all-yes: $(CATALOGS) all-no: # Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot', # otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source # have been downloaded. $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ && test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \ || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \ && mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot ) install: install-exec install-data install-exec: install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data-no: all install-data-yes: all $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ if test -r $$cat; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ "$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \ fi; \ done # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ done if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ else \ : ; \ fi check: all dvi info tags TAGS ID: mostlyclean: rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po rm -fr *.o clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." rm -f $(GMOFILES) distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: $(MAKE) update-po @$(MAKE) dist2 # This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. dist2: $(DISTFILES) dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ done update-po: Makefile $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ cd $(srcdir); \ catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \ mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \ rm -f $$lang.new.po; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) update-gmo update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) @: Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \ $(SHELL) ./config.status # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/po/POTFILES.in0100644000175000017500000000040007311107114015001 0ustar yghygh# List files that will be scanned for gettext src/loop.c src/yiyantang.c src/setty.c src/getopt.c src/yiyantang_init.c src/zhconv.c src/yyt_util.c src/zhinit.c src/hzsegment.c src/test_hzsegment.c src/parseinput.c src/getopt1.c src/xmalloc.c src/cmdline.c yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/po/yiyantang.pot0100644000175000017500000000316207311400722015764 0ustar yghygh# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2001-06-12 19:49+0800\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: src/getopt.c:681 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:706 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:711 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:729 src/getopt.c:902 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "" #. --option #: src/getopt.c:758 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "" #. +option or -option #: src/getopt.c:762 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: src/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:791 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: src/getopt.c:821 src/getopt.c:951 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:868 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "" #: src/getopt.c:886 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: src/xmalloc.c:83 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "" yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400723014070 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000001220107311400723016124 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ EXTRA_DIST = Makefile.am config.guess config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in config.guess config.sub \ install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps config/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = config distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done info-am: info: info-am dvi-am: dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am check: check-am installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-am install-exec-am: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data-am: install-data: install-data-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-am uninstall-am: uninstall: uninstall-am all-am: Makefile all-redirect: all-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-am distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am .PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \ installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \ all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000024507311113066016121 0ustar yghyghEXTRA_DIST = \ Makefile.am \ config.guess \ config.sub \ install-sh \ ltconfig \ ltmain.sh \ mdate-sh \ missing \ mkinstalldirs yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/config.guess0100755000175000017500000011450607265127235016426 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2001-03-30' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Written by Per Bothner . # Please send patches to . # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi dummy=dummy-$$ trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c for c in cc gcc c89 ; do ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1 if test $? = 0 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break fi done rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # Netbsd (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # Determine the machine/vendor (is the vendor relevant). case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in amiga) machine=m68k-unknown ;; arm32) machine=arm-unknown ;; atari*) machine=m68k-atari ;; sun3*) machine=m68k-sun ;; mac68k) machine=m68k-apple ;; macppc) machine=powerpc-apple ;; hp3[0-9][05]) machine=m68k-hp ;; ibmrt|romp-ibm) machine=romp-ibm ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in i386|sparc|amiga|arm*|hp300|mvme68k|vax|atari|luna68k|mac68k|news68k|next68k|pc532|sun3*|x68k) if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` fi # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. cat <$dummy.s .data \$Lformat: .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" .text .globl main .align 4 .ent main main: .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 ldgp \$29,0(\$27) .prologue 1 .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 lda \$2,-1 .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 lda \$16,\$Lformat mov \$0,\$17 not \$1,\$18 jsr \$26,printf ldgp \$29,0(\$26) mov 0,\$16 jsr \$26,exit .end main EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then case `./$dummy` in 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; 2-307) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; esac fi rm -f $dummy.s $dummy echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit 0 ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit 0 ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit 0;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit 0 ;; arc64:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips64el-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; arc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hkmips:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit 0 ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit 0 ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit 0 ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(head -1 /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit 0 ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy \ && ./$dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit 0 ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit 0 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit 0 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit 0 ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit 0 ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i?86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:[45]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | head -1 | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit 0 ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) case "${HPUX_REV}" in 11.[0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; esac ;; esac fi ;; esac if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi rm -f $dummy.c $dummy fi ;; esac echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit 0 ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit 0 ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit 0 ;; i?86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit 0 ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit 0 ;; hppa*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo hppa-unknown-openbsd exit 0 ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*) echo xmp-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3D:*:*:*) echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY-2:*:*:*) echo cray2-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit 0 ;; i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i386-pc-interix exit 0 ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit 0 ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit 0 ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit 0 ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux exit 0 ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; mips:Linux:*:*) cat >$dummy.c < /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #ifdef __MIPSEB__ printf ("%s-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]); #endif #ifdef __MIPSEL__ printf ("%sel-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]); #endif return 0; } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) # Determine Lib Version cat >$dummy.c < #if defined(__GLIBC__) extern char __libc_version[]; extern char __libc_release[]; #endif main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #if defined(__GLIBC__) printf("%s %s\n", __libc_version, __libc_release); #else printf("unknown\n"); #endif return 0; } EOF LIBC="" $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then ./$dummy | grep 1\.99 > /dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; fi fi rm -f $dummy.c $dummy echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit 0 ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) cat <$dummy.s .data \$Lformat: .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" .text .globl main .align 4 .ent main main: .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 ldgp \$29,0(\$27) .prologue 1 .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 lda \$2,-1 .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 lda \$16,\$Lformat mov \$0,\$17 not \$1,\$18 jsr \$26,printf ldgp \$29,0(\$26) mov 0,\$16 jsr \$26,exit .end main EOF LIBC="" $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then case `./$dummy` in 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; 2-307) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; esac objdump --private-headers $dummy | \ grep ld.so.1 > /dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" fi fi rm -f $dummy.s $dummy echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit 0 ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit 0 ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit 0 ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; i?86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. ld_supported_emulations=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported emulations: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_emulations" in i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" exit 0 ;; elf_i?86) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit 0 ;; esac # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) # or one that does not give us useful --help. # GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout. # If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:" # that means it is gnuoldld. test -z "$ld_supported_emulations" && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in i?86) VENDOR=pc; ;; *) VENDOR=unknown; ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf cat >$dummy.c < #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]); # else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]); # endif # else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]); # endif #else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnuaout\n", argv[1]); #endif return 0; } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 ;; # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions # are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename. i?86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i?86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:5:7*) # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better UNAME_MACHINE=i586 if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent ?II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit 0 ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit 0 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit 0 ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i?86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i?86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i?86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit 0 ;; PENTIUM:CPunix:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit 0 ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit 0 ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit 0 ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Darwin:*:*) echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86pc"; then UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo `uname -p`-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx exit 0 ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit 0 ;; NSR-[KW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit 0 ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit 0 ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit 0 ;; i?86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit 0 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit 0 ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit 0 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 cat >$dummy.c < # include #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; esac fi cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/config.sub0100755000175000017500000006570607265127235016100 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2001-03-30' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, # Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to . # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit 0;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \ | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \ | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \ | 580 | i960 | h8300 \ | x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \ | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \ | hppa64 \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \ | alphaev6[78] \ | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \ | powerpc | powerpcle \ | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp10 | pdp11 \ | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore | s390 | s390x \ | sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \ | thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr | openrisc | tic80 \ | pj | pjl | h8500) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | w65) ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i[234567]86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. # FIXME: clean up the formatting here. vax-* | tahoe-* | i[234567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \ | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \ | xmp-* | ymp-* \ | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \ | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \ | alphaev6[78]-* \ | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \ | clipper-* | orion-* \ | sparclite-* | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \ | sparc64-* | sparcv9-* | sparc86x-* | mips16-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \ | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | s390x-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \ | [cjt]90-* \ | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \ | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | tic80-* | c30-* | fr30-* \ | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-* | pj-* | pjl-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; cray2) basic_machine=cray2-cray os=-unicos ;; [cjt]90) basic_machine=${basic_machine}-cray os=-unicos ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i[34567]86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i[34567]86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i[34567]86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i[34567]86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mipsel*-linux*) basic_machine=mipsel-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; mips*-linux*) basic_machine=mips-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; mmix*) basic_machine=mmix-knuth os=-mmixware ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sparclite-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=t3e-cray os=-unicos ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xmp) basic_machine=xmp-cray os=-unicos ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; mips) if [ x$os = x-linux-gnu ]; then basic_machine=mips-unknown else basic_machine=mips-mips fi ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh3 | sh4) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv9) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; c4x*) basic_machine=c4x-none os=-coff ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \ | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* | -os2*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i[34567]86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto*) os=-nto-qnx ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/install-sh0100755000175000017500000001273607310433136016103 0ustar yghygh#!/bin/sh # # install - install a program, script, or datafile # This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). # # Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology # # Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its # documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that # the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or # publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, # written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the # suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" # without express or implied warranty. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" transformbasename="" transform_arg="" instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" chowncmd="" chgrpcmd="" stripcmd="" rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src="" dst="" dir_arg="" while [ x"$1" != x ]; do case $1 in -c) instcmd="$cpprog" shift continue;; -d) dir_arg=true shift continue;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" shift continue;; -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` shift continue;; -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` shift continue;; *) if [ x"$src" = x ] then src=$1 else # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug : dst=$1 fi shift continue;; esac done if [ x"$src" = x ] then echo "install: no input file specified" exit 1 else true fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then dst=$src src="" if [ -d $dst ]; then instcmd=: chmodcmd="" else instcmd=mkdir fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] then true else echo "install: $src does not exist" exit 1 fi if [ x"$dst" = x ] then echo "install: no destination specified" exit 1 else true fi # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic if [ -d $dst ] then dst="$dst"/`basename $src` else true fi fi ## this sed command emulates the dirname command dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` # Make sure that the destination directory exists. # this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then defaultIFS=' ' IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" oIFS="${IFS}" # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. IFS='%' set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` IFS="${oIFS}" pathcomp='' while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" shift if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; then $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" else true fi pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" done fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] then $doit $instcmd $dst && if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi else # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] then dstfile=`basename $dst` else dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | sed $transformarg`$transformbasename fi # don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] then dstfile=`basename $dst` else true fi # Make a temp file name in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# # Move or copy the file name to the temp name $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile fi && exit 0 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/ltconfig0100755000175000017500000027672007265127235015650 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # ltconfig - Create a system-specific libtool. # Copyright (C) 1996-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # A lot of this script is taken from autoconf-2.10. # Check that we are running under the correct shell. SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} echo=echo if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell. exec "$SHELL" "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} fi if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat </dev/null`} case X$UNAME in *-DOS) PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ;; *) PATH_SEPARATOR=':' ;; esac fi # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test "X${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... if (echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null && echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`" && (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null; then break fi done fi if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" != 'X\t' || test "X`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" != X"$echo_test_string"; then # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' # # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && test "X`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" = X"$echo_test_string"; then echo="$dir/echo" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && test "X`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" = X"$echo_test_string"; then # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. echo='print -r' elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) && test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then # If we have ksh, try running ltconfig again with it. ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}" export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh export CONFIG_SHELL exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} else # Try using printf. echo='printf "%s\n"' if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && test "X`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" = X"$echo_test_string"; then # Cool, printf works : elif test "X`("$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && test "X`("$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" = X"$echo_test_string"; then CONFIG_SHELL="$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL" export CONFIG_SHELL SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" export SHELL echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" elif test "X`("$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && test "X`("$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null`" = X"$echo_test_string"; then echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" else # maybe with a smaller string... prev=: for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null; then break fi prev="$cmd" done if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then echo_test_string=`eval $prev` export echo_test_string exec "${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL}" "$0" ${1+"$@"} else # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. echo=echo fi fi fi fi fi # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # The name of this program. progname=`$echo "X$0" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Constants: PROGRAM=ltconfig PACKAGE=libtool VERSION=1.3.5 TIMESTAMP=" (1.385.2.206 2000/05/27 11:12:27)" ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' rm="rm -f" help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." # Global variables: default_ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes enable_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, # which needs '.lib'). enable_static=yes enable_fast_install=yes enable_dlopen=unknown enable_win32_dll=no ltmain= silent= srcdir= ac_config_guess= ac_config_sub= host= nonopt= ofile="$default_ofile" verify_host=yes with_gcc=no with_gnu_ld=no need_locks=yes ac_ext=c objext=o libext=a exeext= cache_file= old_AR="$AR" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" old_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" old_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" old_LD="$LD" old_LN_S="$LN_S" old_LIBS="$LIBS" old_NM="$NM" old_RANLIB="$RANLIB" old_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" old_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" old_AS="$AS" # Parse the command line options. args= prev= for option do case "$option" in -*=*) optarg=`echo "$option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then eval "$prev=\$option" prev= continue fi case "$option" in --help) cat <&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) if test -z "$ltmain"; then ltmain="$option" elif test -z "$host"; then # This generates an unnecessary warning for sparc-sun-solaris4.1.3_U1 # if test -n "`echo $option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then # echo "$progname: warning \`$option' is not a valid host type" 1>&2 # fi host="$option" else echo "$progname: too many arguments" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; esac done if test -z "$ltmain"; then echo "$progname: you must specify a LTMAIN file" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test ! -f "$ltmain"; then echo "$progname: \`$ltmain' does not exist" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Quote any args containing shell metacharacters. ltconfig_args= for arg do case "$arg" in *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) ltconfig_args="$ltconfig_args '$arg'" ;; *) ltconfig_args="$ltconfig_args $arg" ;; esac done # A relevant subset of AC_INIT. # File descriptor usage: # 0 standard input # 1 file creation # 2 errors and warnings # 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty # 4 used on the Kubota Titan # 5 compiler messages saved in config.log # 6 checking for... messages and results if test "$silent" = yes; then exec 6>/dev/null else exec 6>&1 fi exec 5>>./config.log # NLS nuisances. # Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. # These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand # e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). if test "X${LC_ALL+set}" = Xset; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "X${LANG+set}" = Xset; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi if test -n "$cache_file" && test -r "$cache_file"; then echo "loading cache $cache_file within ltconfig" . $cache_file fi if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi if test -z "$srcdir"; then # Assume the source directory is the same one as the path to LTMAIN. srcdir=`$echo "X$ltmain" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "$srcdir" = "$ltmain" && srcdir=. fi trap "$rm conftest*; exit 1" 1 2 15 if test "$verify_host" = yes; then # Check for config.guess and config.sub. ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do if test -f $ac_dir/config.guess; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then echo "$progname: cannot find config.guess in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub # Make sure we can run config.sub. if $SHELL $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else echo "$progname: cannot run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 host_alias=$host case "$host_alias" in "") if host_alias=`$SHELL $ac_config_guess`; then : else echo "$progname: cannot guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; esac host=`$SHELL $ac_config_sub $host_alias` echo "$ac_t$host" 1>&6 # Make sure the host verified. test -z "$host" && exit 1 elif test -z "$host"; then echo "$progname: you must specify a host type if you use \`--no-verify'" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 else host_alias=$host fi # Transform linux* to *-*-linux-gnu*, to support old configure scripts. case "$host_os" in linux-gnu*) ;; linux*) host=`echo $host | sed 's/^\(.*-.*-linux\)\(.*\)$/\1-gnu\2/'` esac host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` case "$host_os" in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR cru $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= # Set a sane default for `AR'. test -z "$AR" && AR=ar # Set a sane default for `OBJDUMP'. test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump # If RANLIB is not set, then run the test. if test "${RANLIB+set}" != "set"; then result=no echo $ac_n "checking for ranlib... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" for dir in $PATH; do test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/ranlib || test -f $dir/ranlib$ac_exeext; then RANLIB="ranlib" result="ranlib" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" echo "$ac_t$result" 1>&6 fi if test -n "$RANLIB"; then old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB \$oldlib~$old_postinstall_cmds" fi # Set sane defaults for `DLLTOOL', `OBJDUMP', and `AS', used on cygwin. test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump test -z "$AS" && AS=as # Check to see if we are using GCC. if test "$with_gcc" != yes || test -z "$CC"; then # If CC is not set, then try to find GCC or a usable CC. if test -z "$CC"; then echo $ac_n "checking for gcc... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" for dir in $PATH; do test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/gcc || test -f $dir/gcc$ac_exeext; then CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi fi # Not "gcc", so try "cc", rejecting "/usr/ucb/cc". if test -z "$CC"; then echo $ac_n "checking for cc... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" cc_rejected=no for dir in $PATH; do test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/cc || test -f $dir/cc$ac_exeext; then if test "$dir/cc" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then cc_rejected=yes continue fi CC="cc" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test $cc_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $CC shift if test $# -gt 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same name, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the name; use the full file name. shift set dummy "$dir/cc" "$@" shift CC="$@" fi fi if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then echo "$progname: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi # Now see if the compiler is really GCC. with_gcc=no echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:581: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 $rm conftest.c cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then with_gcc=yes fi $rm conftest.c echo "$ac_t$with_gcc" 1>&6 fi # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. set dummy $CC compiler="$2" echo $ac_n "checking for object suffix... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo 'int i = 1;' > conftest.c echo "$progname:603: checking for object suffix" >& 5 if { (eval echo $progname:604: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; }; then # Append any warnings to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 for ac_file in conftest.*; do case $ac_file in *.c) ;; *) objext=`echo $ac_file | sed -e s/conftest.//` ;; esac done else cat conftest.err 1>&5 echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi $rm conftest* echo "$ac_t$objext" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for executable suffix... $ac_c" 1>&6 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_exeext'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_cv_exeext="no" $rm conftest* echo 'main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c echo "$progname:629: checking for executable suffix" >& 5 if { (eval echo $progname:630: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.err; }; then # Append any warnings to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 for ac_file in conftest.*; do case $ac_file in *.c | *.err | *.$objext ) ;; *) ac_cv_exeext=.`echo $ac_file | sed -e s/conftest.//` ;; esac done else cat conftest.err 1>&5 echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi $rm conftest* fi if test "X$ac_cv_exeext" = Xno; then exeext="" else exeext="$ac_cv_exeext" fi echo "$ac_t$ac_cv_exeext" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ac_c" 1>&6 pic_flag= special_shlib_compile_flags= wl= link_static_flag= no_builtin_flag= if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-static' case "$host_os" in beos* | irix5* | irix6* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; aix*) # Below there is a dirty hack to force normal static linking with -ldl # The problem is because libdl dynamically linked with both libc and # libC (AIX C++ library), which obviously doesn't included in libraries # list by gcc. This cause undefined symbols with -static flags. # This hack allows C programs to be linked with "-static -ldl", but # we not sure about C++ programs. link_static_flag="$link_static_flag ${wl}-lC" ;; cygwin* | mingw* | os2*) # We can build DLLs from non-PIC. ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. pic_flag='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then pic_flag=-Kconform_pic fi ;; *) pic_flag='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for PIC flags for the system compiler. case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4*) # All AIX code is PIC. link_static_flag='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Is there a better link_static_flag that works with the bundled CC? wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag="${wl}-a ${wl}archive" pic_flag='+Z' ;; irix5* | irix6*) wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-non_shared' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. ;; cygwin* | mingw* | os2*) # We can build DLLs from non-PIC. ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # All OSF/1 code is PIC. wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-non_shared' ;; sco3.2v5*) pic_flag='-Kpic' link_static_flag='-dn' special_shlib_compile_flags='-belf' ;; solaris*) pic_flag='-KPIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Wl,' ;; sunos4*) pic_flag='-PIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) pic_flag='-KPIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Wl,' ;; uts4*) pic_flag='-pic' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then pic_flag='-Kconform_pic' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' fi ;; *) can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi if test -n "$pic_flag"; then echo "$ac_t$pic_flag" 1>&6 # Check to make sure the pic_flag actually works. echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $pic_flag works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.c save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $pic_flag -DPIC" echo "$progname:776: checking if $compiler PIC flag $pic_flag works" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:777: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; } && test -s conftest.$objext; then # Append any warnings to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 case "$host_os" in hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # On HP-UX, both CC and GCC only warn that PIC is supported... then they # create non-PIC objects. So, if there were any warnings, we assume that # PIC is not supported. if test -s conftest.err; then echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 can_build_shared=no pic_flag= else echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 pic_flag=" $pic_flag" fi ;; *) echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 pic_flag=" $pic_flag" ;; esac else # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 can_build_shared=no pic_flag= echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS" $rm conftest* else echo "$ac_t"none 1>&6 fi # Check to see if options -o and -c are simultaneously supported by compiler echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.o... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest $rm conftest* echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.c mkdir out # According to Tom Tromey, Ian Lance Taylor reported there are C compilers # that will create temporary files in the current directory regardless of # the output directory. Thus, making CWD read-only will cause this test # to fail, enabling locking or at least warning the user not to do parallel # builds. chmod -w . save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -o out/conftest2.o" echo "$progname:829: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.o" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:830: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>out/conftest.err; } && test -s out/conftest2.o; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s out/conftest.err; then echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 compiler_c_o=no else echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 compiler_c_o=yes fi else # Append any errors to the config.log. cat out/conftest.err 1>&5 compiler_c_o=no echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS" chmod u+w . $rm conftest* out/* rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null if test x"$compiler_c_o" = x"yes"; then # Check to see if we can write to a .lo echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.lo... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.c save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -c -o conftest.lo" echo "$progname:862: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.lo" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:863: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; } && test -s conftest.lo; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 compiler_o_lo=no else echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 compiler_o_lo=yes fi else # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 compiler_o_lo=no echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS" $rm conftest* else compiler_o_lo=no fi # Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed hard_links="nottested" if test "$compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user echo $ac_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... $ac_c" 1>&6 hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no echo "$ac_t$hard_links" 1>&6 $rm conftest* if test "$hard_links" = no; then echo "*** WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2 need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then # Check to see if options -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions are supported by compiler echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions ... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.c save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions -c conftest.c" echo "$progname:914: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:915: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; } && test -s conftest.o; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 compiler_rtti_exceptions=no else echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes fi else # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 compiler_rtti_exceptions=no echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS" $rm conftest* if test "$compiler_rtti_exceptions" = "yes"; then no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions' else no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' fi fi # Check for any special shared library compilation flags. if test -n "$special_shlib_compile_flags"; then echo "$progname: warning: \`$CC' requires \`$special_shlib_compile_flags' to build shared libraries" 1>&2 if echo "$old_CC $old_CFLAGS " | egrep -e "[ ]$special_shlib_compile_flags[ ]" >/dev/null; then : else echo "$progname: add \`$special_shlib_compile_flags' to the CC or CFLAGS env variable and reconfigure" 1>&2 can_build_shared=no fi fi echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler static flag $link_static_flag works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo 'main(){return(0);}' > conftest.c save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag" echo "$progname:958: checking if $compiler static flag $link_static_flag works" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:959: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then echo "$ac_t$link_static_flag" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"none 1>&6 link_static_flag= fi LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" $rm conftest* if test -z "$LN_S"; then # Check to see if we can use ln -s, or we need hard links. echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest.dat if ln -s X conftest.dat 2>/dev/null; then $rm conftest.dat LN_S="ln -s" else LN_S=ln fi if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi fi # Make sure LD is an absolute path. if test -z "$LD"; then ac_prog=ld if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. echo $ac_n "checking for ld used by GCC... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:991: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5 ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the path of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we are not using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for GNU ld... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:1015: checking for GNU ld" >&5 else echo $ac_n "checking for non-GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:1018: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 fi if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi if test -n "$LD"; then echo "$ac_t$LD" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi if test -z "$LD"; then echo "$progname: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi # Check to see if it really is or is not GNU ld. echo $ac_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... $ac_c" 1>&6 # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi echo "$ac_t$with_gnu_ld" 1>&6 # See if the linker supports building shared libraries. echo $ac_n "checking whether the linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ac_c" 1>&6 allow_undefined_flag= no_undefined_flag= need_lib_prefix=unknown need_version=unknown # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments archive_cmds= archive_expsym_cmds= old_archive_from_new_cmds= export_dynamic_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= thread_safe_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported runpath_var= always_export_symbols=no export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | sed '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms= # exclude_expsyms can be an egrep regular expression of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_" # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. case "$host_os" in cygwin* | mingw*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$with_gcc" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4*) # On AIX, the GNU linker is very broken ld_shlibs=no cat <&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH *** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. EOF ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds='$rm $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR cru $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use # them. ld_shlibs=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw*) # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes # Extract the symbol export list from an `--export-all' def file, # then regenerate the def file from the symbol export list, so that # the compiled dll only exports the symbol export list. # Be careful not to strip the DATA tag left by newer dlltools. export_symbols_cmds='test -f $objdir/$soname-ltdll.c || sed -e "/^# \/\* ltdll\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* ltdll.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $objdir/$soname-ltdll.c~ test -f $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext || (cd $objdir && $CC -c $soname-ltdll.c)~ $DLLTOOL --export-all --exclude-symbols DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12 --output-def $objdir/$soname-def $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext $libobjs $convenience~ sed -e "1,/EXPORTS/d" -e "s/ @ [0-9]*//" -e "s/ *;.*$//" < $objdir/$soname-def > $export_symbols' # If DATA tags from a recent dlltool are present, honour them! archive_expsym_cmds='echo EXPORTS > $objdir/$soname-def~ _lt_hint=1; cat $export_symbols | while read symbol; do set dummy \$symbol; case \$# in 2) echo " \$2 @ \$_lt_hint ; " >> $objdir/$soname-def;; *) echo " \$2 @ \$_lt_hint \$3 ; " >> $objdir/$soname-def;; esac; _lt_hint=`expr 1 + \$_lt_hint`; done~ test -f $objdir/$soname-ltdll.c || sed -e "/^# \/\* ltdll\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* ltdll.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $objdir/$soname-ltdll.c~ test -f $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext || (cd $objdir && $CC -c $soname-ltdll.c)~ $CC -Wl,--base-file,$objdir/$soname-base -Wl,--dll -nostartfiles -Wl,-e,__cygwin_dll_entry@12 -o $lib $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts~ $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12 --def $objdir/$soname-def --base-file $objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $objdir/$soname-exp~ $CC -Wl,--base-file,$objdir/$soname-base $objdir/$soname-exp -Wl,--dll -nostartfiles -Wl,-e,__cygwin_dll_entry@12 -o $lib $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts~ $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12 --def $objdir/$soname-def --base-file $objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $objdir/$soname-exp~ $CC $objdir/$soname-exp -Wl,--dll -nostartfiles -Wl,-e,__cygwin_dll_entry@12 -o $lib $objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' old_archive_from_new_cmds='$DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --def $objdir/$soname-def --output-lib $objdir/$libname.a' ;; netbsd*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -o $lib' # can we support soname and/or expsyms with a.out? -oliva fi ;; solaris* | sysv5*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no cat <&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' wlarc= hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw*) # dlltool doesn't understand --whole-archive et. al. whole_archive_flag_spec= ;; *) # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec= fi ;; esac fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case "$host_os" in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR cru $lib $objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$with_gcc" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-b ${wl}nolibpath ${wl}-b ${wl}libpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 hardcode_direct=yes else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi shared_flag='-shared' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' hardcode_direct=yes fi allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' archive_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-bexpall ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}' archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}' case "$host_os" in aix4.[01]|aix4.[01].*) # According to Greg Wooledge, -bexpall is only supported from AIX 4.2 on always_export_symbols=yes ;; esac ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds='$rm $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR cru $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs=no ;; cygwin* | mingw*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $linkopts `echo "$deplibs" | sed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs' fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w $srcfile`' ;; freebsd1*) ld_shlibs=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case "$host_os" in hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts~test $objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $objdir/$soname $lib' ;; *) archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' ;; esac hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default # location of the library. export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; irix5* | irix6*) if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; netbsd*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' # a.out else archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; openbsd*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts $objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $objdir/$libname.a $objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # As osf3* with the addition of the -msym flag if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; rhapsody*) archive_cmds='$CC -bundle -undefined suppress -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flags_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sco3.2v5*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag=' -z text' # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++ # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts~$rm $lib.exp' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no case "$host_os" in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' else archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' fi runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' ;; sysv5*) no_undefined_flag=' -z text' # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++ # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts~$rm $lib.exp' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' ;; uts4*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; dgux*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4.2uw2*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_runpath_var=yes runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; unixware7*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linkopts' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi echo "$ac_t$ld_shlibs" 1>&6 test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no if test -z "$NM"; then echo $ac_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm... $ac_c" 1>&6 case "$NM" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; # Let the user override the test with a path. *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR}" for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm || test -f $ac_dir/nm$ac_exeext; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" break elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" break else NM=${NM="$ac_dir/nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$NM" && NM=nm ;; esac echo "$ac_t$NM" 1>&6 fi # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. echo $ac_n "checking command to parse $NM output... $ac_c" 1>&6 # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[BCDEGRST]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' # Transform the above into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm='\1 \2\3 \3' # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" # Define system-specific variables. case "$host_os" in aix*) symcode='[BCDT]' ;; cygwin* | mingw*) symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' ;; hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1();/p' -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" ;; irix*) symcode='[BCDEGRST]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[BDT]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[DFNSTU]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. if $NM -V 2>&1 | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' fi # Try without a prefix undercore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Write the raw and C identifiers. global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode\)[ ][ ]*\($ac_symprfx\)$sympat$/$symxfrm/p'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no $rm conftest* cat > conftest.c <&5 if { (eval echo $progname:1654: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest.$objext; then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if { echo "$progname:1657: eval \"$NM conftest.$objext | $global_symbol_pipe > $nlist\"" >&5; eval "$NM conftest.$objext | $global_symbol_pipe > $nlist 2>&5"; } && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if egrep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if egrep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat < conftest.c #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" >> conftest.c' cat <> conftest.c #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr_t void * #else # define lt_ptr_t char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ const struct { const char *name; lt_ptr_t address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[] = { EOF sed 's/^. \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {"\2", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/' < "$nlist" >> conftest.c cat <<\EOF >> conftest.c {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$objext conftstm.$objext save_LIBS="$LIBS" save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LIBS="conftstm.$objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$no_builtin_flag" if { (eval echo $progname:1709: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then pipe_works=yes else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi LIBS="$save_LIBS" else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot run $global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi $rm conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else global_symbol_pipe= fi done if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then echo "${ac_t}ok" 1>&6 else echo "${ac_t}failed" 1>&6 fi if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi # Check hardcoding attributes. echo $ac_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ac_c" 1>&6 hardcode_action= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || \ test -n "$runpath_var"; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action=unsupported fi echo "$ac_t$hardcode_action" 1>&6 reload_flag= reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' echo $ac_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... $ac_c" 1>&6 # PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag. reload_flag='-r' echo "$ac_t$reload_flag" 1>&6 test -n "$reload_flag" && reload_flag=" $reload_flag" # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" file_magic_cmd= file_magic_test_file= deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [regex]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given egrep regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. echo $ac_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ac_c" 1>&6 case "$host_os" in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' ;; aix4*) version_type=linux # AIX has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries though AIX4.2 # and later linker supports .so library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "(cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a)"; (cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a) || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}.so' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH deplibs_check_method=pass_all lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; bsdi4*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw*) version_type=windows need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | sed -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}.dll $libname.a' else library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | sed -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}.dll $libname.lib' fi dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' file_magic_cmd='${OBJDUMP} -f' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd*) objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout` version_type=freebsd-$objformat case "$version_type" in freebsd-elf*) deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB shared object' file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so $libname.so' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) deplibs_check_method=unknown library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix $libname.so$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case "$host_os" in freebsd2* | freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; *) # from 3.2 on shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so${major} ${libname}.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.sl$versuffix ${libname}${release}.sl$major $libname.sl' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.sl$major' # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' case "$host_os" in hpux10.20*) # TODO: Does this work for hpux-11 too? deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; irix5* | irix6*) version_type=irix need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major ${libname}${release}.so $libname.so' case "$host_os" in irix5*) libsuff= shlibsuff= # this will be overridden with pass_all, but let us keep it just in case deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF 32-bit MSB dynamic lib MIPS - version 1" ;; *) case "$LD" in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=`echo /lib${libsuff}/libc.so*` deplibs_check_method='pass_all' ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux-gnuoldld* | linux-gnuaout* | linux-gnucoff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux-gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no deplibs_check_method=pass_all if test -f /lib/ld.so.1; then dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' else # Only the GNU ld.so supports shared libraries on MkLinux. case "$host_cpu" in powerpc*) dynamic_linker=no ;; *) dynamic_linker='Linux ld.so' ;; esac fi ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}.so$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major ${libname}${release}.so ${libname}.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no fi library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}.so$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname.dll $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so $libname.so' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # this will be overridden with pass_all, but let us keep it just in case deplibs_check_method='file_magic COFF format alpha shared library' file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so deplibs_check_method='pass_all' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rhapsody*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}.so' soname_spec='${libname}.so' shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sco3.2v5*) version_type=osf soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}.so$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case "$host_vendor" in sequent) file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; ncr) deplibs_check_method='pass_all' ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; esac ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname.so.$versuffix $libname.so.$major $libname.so' soname_spec='$libname.so.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac echo "$ac_t$dynamic_linker" 1>&6 test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no # Report the final consequences. echo "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... $can_build_shared" 1>&6 # Only try to build win32 dlls if AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL was used in # configure.in, otherwise build static only libraries. case "$host_os" in cygwin* | mingw* | os2*) if test x$can_build_shared = xyes; then test x$enable_win32_dll = xno && can_build_shared=no echo "checking if package supports dlls... $can_build_shared" 1>&6 fi ;; esac if test -n "$file_magic_test_file" && test -n "$file_magic_cmd"; then case "$deplibs_check_method" in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex="`expr \"$deplibs_check_method\" : \"file_magic \(.*\)\"`" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org EOF fi ;; esac fi echo $ac_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... $ac_c" 1>&6 test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case "$host_os" in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix4*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no ;; esac echo "$ac_t$enable_shared" 1>&6 # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes echo "checking whether to build static libraries... $enable_static" 1>&6 if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi echo $ac_n "checking for objdir... $ac_c" 1>&6 rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null echo "$ac_t$objdir" 1>&6 if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'lt_cv_dlopen'+set}'`\" != set"; then lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2248: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo dl'_'dlopen | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2288: checking for dlopen" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_dlopen'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_dlopen) || defined (__stub___dlopen) choke me #else dlopen(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo $progname:2318: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes" else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_dlopen=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'dlopen`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2335: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo dld'_'dld_link | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for shl_load""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2375: checking for shl_load" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_shl_load'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char shl_load(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_shl_load) || defined (__stub___shl_load) choke me #else shl_load(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo $progname:2405: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes" else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_shl_load=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'shl_load`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2423: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo dld'_'shl_load | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi fi fi fi fi if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes fi case "$lt_cv_dlopen" in dlopen) for ac_hdr in dlfcn.h; do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2488: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int fnord = 0; EOF ac_try="$ac_compile >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo $progname:2498: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi done if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" fi eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" echo $ac_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2526: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross else cat > conftest.c < #endif #include #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LTDL_GLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LTDL_GLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LTDL_GLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif fnord() { int i=42;} main() { void *self, *ptr1, *ptr2; self=dlopen(0,LTDL_GLOBAL|LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW); if(self) { ptr1=dlsym(self,"fnord"); ptr2=dlsym(self,"_fnord"); if(ptr1 || ptr2) { dlclose(self); exit(0); } } exit(1); } EOF if { (eval echo $progname:2580: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* lt_cv_dlopen_self=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$lt_cv_dlopen_self" 1>&6 if test "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = yes; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag" echo $ac_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:2599: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross else cat > conftest.c < #endif #include #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LTDL_GLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LTDL_GLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LTDL_GLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif fnord() { int i=42;} main() { void *self, *ptr1, *ptr2; self=dlopen(0,LTDL_GLOBAL|LTDL_LAZY_OR_NOW); if(self) { ptr1=dlsym(self,"fnord"); ptr2=dlsym(self,"_fnord"); if(ptr1 || ptr2) { dlclose(self); exit(0); } } exit(1); } EOF if { (eval echo $progname:2653: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" 1>&6 fi ;; esac case "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi # Copy echo and quote the copy, instead of the original, because it is # used later. ltecho="$echo" if test "X$ltecho" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then ltecho="$CONFIG_SHELL \$0 --fallback-echo" fi LTSHELL="$SHELL" LTCONFIG_VERSION="$VERSION" # Only quote variables if we're using ltmain.sh. case "$ltmain" in *.sh) # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters. for var in ltecho old_CC old_CFLAGS old_CPPFLAGS \ old_LD old_LDFLAGS old_LIBS \ old_NM old_RANLIB old_LN_S old_DLLTOOL old_OBJDUMP old_AS \ AR CC LD LN_S NM LTSHELL LTCONFIG_VERSION \ reload_flag reload_cmds wl \ pic_flag link_static_flag no_builtin_flag export_dynamic_flag_spec \ thread_safe_flag_spec whole_archive_flag_spec libname_spec \ library_names_spec soname_spec \ RANLIB old_archive_cmds old_archive_from_new_cmds old_postinstall_cmds \ old_postuninstall_cmds archive_cmds archive_expsym_cmds postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds \ file_magic_cmd export_symbols_cmds deplibs_check_method allow_undefined_flag no_undefined_flag \ finish_cmds finish_eval global_symbol_pipe global_symbol_to_cdecl \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec hardcode_libdir_separator \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ compiler_c_o compiler_o_lo need_locks exclude_expsyms include_expsyms; do case "$var" in reload_cmds | old_archive_cmds | old_archive_from_new_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ export_symbols_cmds | archive_cmds | archive_expsym_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ finish_cmds | sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case "$ltecho" in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') ltecho=`$echo "X$ltecho" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac trap "$rm \"$ofile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 echo "creating $ofile" $rm "$ofile" cat < "$ofile" #! $SHELL # `$echo "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltconfig or ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="sed -e s/^X//" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test "X\${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG EOF cfgfile="$ofile" ;; *) # Double-quote the variables that need it (for aesthetics). for var in old_CC old_CFLAGS old_CPPFLAGS \ old_LD old_LDFLAGS old_LIBS \ old_NM old_RANLIB old_LN_S old_DLLTOOL old_OBJDUMP old_AS; do eval "$var=\\\"\$var\\\"" done # Just create a config file. cfgfile="$ofile.cfg" trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 echo "creating $cfgfile" $rm "$cfgfile" cat < "$cfgfile" # `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Libtool configuration file. # Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) EOF ;; esac cat <> "$cfgfile" # Libtool was configured as follows, on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # # CC=$old_CC CFLAGS=$old_CFLAGS CPPFLAGS=$old_CPPFLAGS \\ # LD=$old_LD LDFLAGS=$old_LDFLAGS LIBS=$old_LIBS \\ # NM=$old_NM RANLIB=$old_RANLIB LN_S=$old_LN_S \\ # DLLTOOL=$old_DLLTOOL OBJDUMP=$old_OBJDUMP AS=$old_AS \\ # $0$ltconfig_args # # Compiler and other test output produced by $progname, useful for # debugging $progname, is in ./config.log if it exists. # The version of $progname that generated this script. LTCONFIG_VERSION=$LTCONFIG_VERSION # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$LTSHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$ltecho # The archiver. AR=$AR # The default C compiler. CC=$CC # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$LD # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$NM # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$reload_flag reload_cmds=$reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$wl # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$pic_flag # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$compiler_c_o # Can we write directly to a .lo ? compiler_o_lo=$compiler_o_lo # Must we lock files when doing compilation ? need_locks=$need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$link_static_flag # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$no_builtin_flag # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$export_dynamic_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$whole_archive_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$thread_safe_flag_spec # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$old_archive_cmds old_postinstall_cmds=$old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$archive_cmds archive_expsym_cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds postinstall_cmds=$postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$postuninstall_cmds # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$global_symbol_to_cdecl # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$hardcode_libdir_separator # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path" # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$export_symbols_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$exclude_expsyms # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$include_expsyms EOF case "$ltmain" in *.sh) echo '### END LIBTOOL CONFIG' >> "$ofile" echo >> "$ofile" case "$host_os" in aix3*) cat <<\EOF >> "$ofile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi EOF ;; esac # Append the ltmain.sh script. sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$ofile" || (rm -f "$ofile"; exit 1) # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? chmod +x "$ofile" ;; *) # Compile the libtool program. echo "FIXME: would compile $ltmain" ;; esac test -n "$cache_file" || exit 0 # AC_CACHE_SAVE trap '' 1 2 15 cat > confcache <<\EOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. # If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, # creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure # the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is # what configure does when it calls configure scripts in # subdirectories, so they share the cache. # Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the # --recheck option to rerun configure. # EOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). sed -n \ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" ;; *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' ;; esac >> confcache if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then : else if test -w $cache_file; then echo "updating cache $cache_file" cat confcache > $cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/ltmain.sh0100644000175000017500000033025707265127235015731 0ustar yghygh# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. # NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun ltconfig. # # Copyright (C) 1996-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Check that we have a working $echo. if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work. exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} fi if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat <&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Global variables. mode=$default_mode nonopt= prev= prevopt= run= show="$echo" show_help= execute_dlfiles= lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" # Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. while test $# -gt 0 do arg="$1" shift case "$arg" in -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case "$prev" in execute_dlfiles) eval "$prev=\"\$$prev \$arg\"" ;; *) eval "$prev=\$arg" ;; esac prev= prevopt= continue fi # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? case "$arg" in --help) show_help=yes ;; --version) echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP" exit 0 ;; --config) sed -e '1,/^### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $0 exit 0 ;; --debug) echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode" set -x ;; --dry-run | -n) run=: ;; --features) echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit 0 ;; --finish) mode="finish" ;; --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; --quiet | --silent) show=: ;; -dlopen) prevopt="-dlopen" prev=execute_dlfiles ;; -*) $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) nonopt="$arg" break ;; esac done if test -n "$prevopt"; then $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$show_help"; then # Infer the operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then case "$nonopt" in *cc | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc*) mode=link for arg do case "$arg" in -c) mode=compile break ;; esac done ;; *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss) mode=execute ;; *install*|cp|mv) mode=install ;; *rm) mode=uninstall ;; *) # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute # Just use the default operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then if test -n "$nonopt"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 fi fi ;; esac fi # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. case "$mode" in # libtool compile mode compile) modename="$modename: compile" # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= lastarg= srcfile="$nonopt" suppress_output= user_target=no for arg do # Accept any command-line options. case "$arg" in -o) if test "$user_target" != "no"; then $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2 exit 1 fi user_target=next ;; -static) build_old_libs=yes continue ;; esac case "$user_target" in next) # The next one is the -o target name user_target=yes continue ;; yes) # We got the output file user_target=set libobj="$arg" continue ;; esac # Accept the current argument as the source file. lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. # Backslashify any backslashes, double quotes, and dollar signs. # These are the only characters that are still specially # interpreted inside of double-quoted scrings. lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly in scan # sets, so we specify it separately. case "$lastarg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" ;; esac # Add the previous argument to base_compile. if test -z "$base_compile"; then base_compile="$lastarg" else base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" fi done case "$user_target" in set) ;; no) # Get the name of the library object. libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` ;; *) $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo xform='[cCFSfmso]' case "$libobj" in *.ada) xform=ada ;; *.adb) xform=adb ;; *.ads) xform=ads ;; *.asm) xform=asm ;; *.c++) xform=c++ ;; *.cc) xform=cc ;; *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; *.f90) xform=f90 ;; *.for) xform=for ;; esac libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` case "$libobj" in *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test -z "$base_compile"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then removelist="$obj $libobj" else removelist="$libobj" fi $run $rm $removelist trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\..*$%%'`.${objext} lockfile="$output_obj.lock" removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile" trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15 else need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test "$need_locks" = yes; then until ln "$0" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi echo $srcfile > "$lockfile" fi if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" fi # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code. command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag -DPIC" if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then lo_libobj="$libobj" dir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$libobj"; then dir="$objdir" else dir="$dir/$objdir" fi libobj="$dir/"`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` if test -d "$dir"; then $show "$rm $libobj" $run $rm $libobj else $show "$mkdir $dir" $run $mkdir $dir status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $dir; then exit $status fi fi fi if test "$compiler_o_lo" = yes; then output_obj="$libobj" command="$command -o $output_obj" elif test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then output_obj="$obj" command="$command -o $output_obj" fi $run $rm "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval "$command"; then : else test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test x"$output_obj" != x"$libobj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $libobj" if $run $mv $output_obj $libobj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # If we have no pic_flag, then copy the object into place and finish. if test -z "$pic_flag" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Rename the .lo from within objdir to obj if test -f $obj; then $show $rm $obj $run $rm $obj fi $show "$mv $libobj $obj" if $run $mv $libobj $obj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e "s%.*/%%"` libobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"` # Now arrange that obj and lo_libobj become the same file $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)" if $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)'; then exit 0 else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then command="$base_compile $srcfile" if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then command="$command -o $obj" output_obj="$obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. command="$command$suppress_output" $run $rm "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval "$command"; then : else $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi # Just move the object if needed if test x"$output_obj" != x"$obj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $obj" if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we do not # accidentally link it into a program. if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > \$libobj" || exit $? else # Move the .lo from within objdir $show "$mv $libobj $lo_libobj" if $run $mv $libobj $lo_libobj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi fi # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then $rm "$lockfile" fi exit 0 ;; # libtool link mode link) modename="$modename: link" case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invokation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes # This is a source program that is used to create dlls on Windows # Don't remove nor modify the starting and closing comments # /* ltdll.c starts here */ # #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # #include # #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # #include # # #ifndef __CYGWIN__ # # ifdef __CYGWIN32__ # # define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__ # # endif # #endif # # #ifdef __cplusplus # extern "C" { # #endif # BOOL APIENTRY DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved); # #ifdef __cplusplus # } # #endif # # #ifdef __CYGWIN__ # #include # DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL( DllMain ); # #endif # HINSTANCE __hDllInstance_base; # # BOOL APIENTRY # DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved) # { # __hDllInstance_base = hInst; # return TRUE; # } # /* ltdll.c ends here */ # This is a source program that is used to create import libraries # on Windows for dlls which lack them. Don't remove nor modify the # starting and closing comments # /* impgen.c starts here */ # /* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is part of GNU libtool. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # */ # # #include /* for printf() */ # #include /* for open(), lseek(), read() */ # #include /* for O_RDONLY, O_BINARY */ # #include /* for strdup() */ # # static unsigned int # pe_get16 (fd, offset) # int fd; # int offset; # { # unsigned char b[2]; # lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET); # read (fd, b, 2); # return b[0] + (b[1]<<8); # } # # static unsigned int # pe_get32 (fd, offset) # int fd; # int offset; # { # unsigned char b[4]; # lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET); # read (fd, b, 4); # return b[0] + (b[1]<<8) + (b[2]<<16) + (b[3]<<24); # } # # static unsigned int # pe_as32 (ptr) # void *ptr; # { # unsigned char *b = ptr; # return b[0] + (b[1]<<8) + (b[2]<<16) + (b[3]<<24); # } # # int # main (argc, argv) # int argc; # char *argv[]; # { # int dll; # unsigned long pe_header_offset, opthdr_ofs, num_entries, i; # unsigned long export_rva, export_size, nsections, secptr, expptr; # unsigned long name_rvas, nexp; # unsigned char *expdata, *erva; # char *filename, *dll_name; # # filename = argv[1]; # # dll = open(filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY); # if (!dll) # return 1; # # dll_name = filename; # # for (i=0; filename[i]; i++) # if (filename[i] == '/' || filename[i] == '\\' || filename[i] == ':') # dll_name = filename + i +1; # # pe_header_offset = pe_get32 (dll, 0x3c); # opthdr_ofs = pe_header_offset + 4 + 20; # num_entries = pe_get32 (dll, opthdr_ofs + 92); # # if (num_entries < 1) /* no exports */ # return 1; # # export_rva = pe_get32 (dll, opthdr_ofs + 96); # export_size = pe_get32 (dll, opthdr_ofs + 100); # nsections = pe_get16 (dll, pe_header_offset + 4 +2); # secptr = (pe_header_offset + 4 + 20 + # pe_get16 (dll, pe_header_offset + 4 + 16)); # # expptr = 0; # for (i = 0; i < nsections; i++) # { # char sname[8]; # unsigned long secptr1 = secptr + 40 * i; # unsigned long vaddr = pe_get32 (dll, secptr1 + 12); # unsigned long vsize = pe_get32 (dll, secptr1 + 16); # unsigned long fptr = pe_get32 (dll, secptr1 + 20); # lseek(dll, secptr1, SEEK_SET); # read(dll, sname, 8); # if (vaddr <= export_rva && vaddr+vsize > export_rva) # { # expptr = fptr + (export_rva - vaddr); # if (export_rva + export_size > vaddr + vsize) # export_size = vsize - (export_rva - vaddr); # break; # } # } # # expdata = (unsigned char*)malloc(export_size); # lseek (dll, expptr, SEEK_SET); # read (dll, expdata, export_size); # erva = expdata - export_rva; # # nexp = pe_as32 (expdata+24); # name_rvas = pe_as32 (expdata+32); # # printf ("EXPORTS\n"); # for (i = 0; i&2 fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi else if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi fi build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes prefer_static_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test $# -gt 0; do arg="$1" shift # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case "$prev" in output) compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case "$prev" in dlfiles|dlprefiles) if test "$preload" = no; then # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" preload=yes fi case "$arg" in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test "$dlself" = no; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then dlself=yes elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" else dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" fi prev= ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols="$arg" if test ! -f "$arg"; then $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" exit 1 fi prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case "$arg" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test "$prev" = rpath; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi prevarg="$arg" case "$arg" in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 continue ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: not more than one -exported-symbols argument allowed" exit 1 fi if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; -L*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` # We need an absolute path. case "$dir" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 absdir="$dir" fi dir="$absdir" ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) deplibs="$deplibs $arg";; esac case " $lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir";; esac case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*) dllsearchdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd || echo "$dir"` case ":$dllsearchpath:" in ::) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchdir";; *":$dllsearchdir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dllsearchdir";; esac ;; esac ;; -l*) if test "$arg" = "-lc"; then case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) # These systems don't actually have c library (as such) continue ;; esac elif test "$arg" = "-lm"; then case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-beos*) # These systems don't actually have math library (as such) continue ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplibs $arg" ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` # We need an absolute path. case "$dir" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -static) # If we have no pic_flag, then this is the same as -all-static. if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; *.o | *.obj | *.a | *.lib) # A standard object. objs="$objs $arg" ;; *.lo) # A library object. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen" = yes; then prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles "`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` prev= fi libobjs="$libobjs $arg" ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. dlname= libdir= library_names= old_library= # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $arg | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variable installed. installed=yes # Read the .la file # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$arg" in */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; *) . ./$arg ;; esac # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done if test -z "$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Find the relevant object directory and library name. name=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then dir="$libdir" else dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$arg"; then dir="$objdir" else dir="$dir/$objdir" fi fi if test -n "$dependency_libs"; then # Extract -R and -L from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case "$deplib" in -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` case " $rpath $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; esac;; -L*) case "$compile_command $temp_deplibs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $deplib";; esac temp_dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` case " $lib_search_path " in *" $temp_dir "*) ;; *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $temp_dir";; esac ;; *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $deplib";; esac done dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" fi if test -z "$libdir"; then # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. convenience="$convenience $dir/$old_library" old_convenience="$old_convenience $dir/$old_library" deplibs="$deplibs$dependency_libs" compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$old_library$dependency_libs" finalize_command="$finalize_command $dir/$old_library$dependency_libs" continue fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles else # We should not create a dependency on this library, but we # may need any libraries it requires. compile_command="$compile_command$dependency_libs" finalize_command="$finalize_command$dependency_libs" prev= continue fi fi # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dir/$old_library" else dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dir/$linklib" fi prev= fi if test -n "$library_names" && { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then link_against_libtool_libs="$link_against_libtool_libs $arg" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;; esac fi # We need an absolute path. case "$dir" in [\\/] | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 absdir="$dir" fi ;; esac # This is the magic to use -rpath. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path, unless they have been requested with -R. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" esac ;; esac lib_linked=yes case "$hardcode_action" in immediate | unsupported) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$linklib" deplibs="$deplibs $dir/$linklib" case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*) dllsearchdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd || echo "$dir"` if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dllsearchdir" else dllsearchpath="$dllsearchdir" fi ;; esac elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then case "$host" in *-*-sunos*) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$dir:" ;; esac case "$compile_command " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) compile_command="$compile_command -L$dir";; esac compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then case ":$compile_shlibpath:" in *":$dir:"*) ;; *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$dir:";; esac compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" deplibs="$deplibs -l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then compile_command="$compile_command $absdir/$linklib" deplibs="$deplibs $absdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then case "$compile_command " in *" -L$absdir "*) ;; *) compile_command="$compile_command -L$absdir";; esac compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" deplibs="$deplibs -L$absdir -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case ":$compile_shlibpath:" in *":$absdir:"*) ;; *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$absdir:";; esac compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" deplibs="$deplibs -l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties" exit 1 fi # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then finalize_command="$finalize_command $libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then case "$finalize_command " in *" -L$libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$libdir";; esac finalize_command="$finalize_command -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case ":$finalize_shlibpath:" in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:";; esac finalize_command="$finalize_command -l$name" else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. case "$finalize_command " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$libdir";; esac finalize_command="$finalize_command -l$name" fi else # Transform directly to old archives if we don't build new libraries. if test -n "$pic_flag" && test -z "$old_library"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find static library for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$linklib" finalize_command="$finalize_command $dir/$linklib" else case "$compile_command " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) compile_command="$compile_command -L$dir";; esac compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" case "$finalize_command " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$dir";; esac finalize_command="$finalize_command -l$name" fi fi # Add in any libraries that this one depends upon. compile_command="$compile_command$dependency_libs" finalize_command="$finalize_command$dependency_libs" continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; esac # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi done if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi oldlibs= # calculate the name of the file, without its directory outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` libobjs_save="$libobjs" case "$output" in "") $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *.a | *.lib) if test -n "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: error: cannot link libtool libraries into archives" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs="$output" ;; *.la) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case "$outputname" in lib*) name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) if test "$module" = no; then $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` fi ;; esac output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then output_objdir="$objdir" else output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" fi if test -n "$objs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects:$objs" 2>&1 exit 1 fi # How the heck are we supposed to write a wrapper for a shared library? if test -n "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: error: cannot link shared libraries into libtool libraries" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2 fi set dummy $rpath if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 fi install_libdir="$2" oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Building a libtool convenience library. libext=al oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi dependency_libs="$deplibs" if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi else # Parse the version information argument. IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$8"; then $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi current="$2" revision="$3" age="$4" # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case "$current" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$revision" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$age" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test $age -gt $current; then $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case "$version_type" in none) ;; irix) major=`expr $current - $age + 1` versuffix="$major.$revision" verstring="sgi$major.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test $loop != 0; do iface=`expr $revision - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="sgi$major.$iface:$verstring" done ;; linux) major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$current.$age.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test $loop != 0; do iface=`expr $current - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" ;; sunos) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision" ;; freebsd-aout) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision"; ;; freebsd-elf) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current"; ;; windows) # Like Linux, but with '-' rather than '.', since we only # want one extension on Windows 95. major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="-$major-$age-$revision" ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= verstring="0.0" if test "$need_version" = no; then versuffix= else versuffix=".0.0" fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then major= versuffix= verstring="" fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi dependency_libs="$deplibs" case "$host" in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody*) # rhapsody is a little odd... deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems. deplibs="$deplibs -lc" ;; esac fi # Create the output directory, or remove our outputs if we need to. if test -d $output_objdir; then $show "${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*" $run ${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.* else $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" $run $mkdir $output_objdir status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $output_objdir; then exit $status fi fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release="" versuffix="" major="" newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case "$deplibs_check_method" in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behaviour. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $rm conftest.c cat > conftest.c </dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \ | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib="$potent_lib" while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | sed 's/.* -> //'` case "$potliblink" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \ | sed 10q \ | egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo echo "*** Warning: This library needs some functionality provided by $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." fi else # Add a -L argument. newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" fi done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs="" if $echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \ -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g' -e 's/[ ]//g' | grep . >/dev/null; then echo if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes fi ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then if test "$module" = yes; then echo echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Get the real and link names of the library. eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi lib="$output_objdir/$realname" for link do linknames="$linknames $link" done # Ensure that we have .o objects for linkers which dislike .lo # (e.g. aix) in case we are running --disable-static for obj in $libobjs; do xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` if test ! -f $xdir/$oldobj; then $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)' || exit $? fi done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols eval cmds=\"$export_symbols_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "egrep -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\"" $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\"" $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"' fi if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" else gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" for xlib in $convenience; do # Extract the objects. case "$xlib" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? libobjs="$libobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi fi if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" linkopts="$linkopts $flag" fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" fi IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi ;; *.lo | *.o | *.obj) if test -n "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: error: cannot link libtool libraries into objects" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi case "$output" in *.lo) if test -n "$objs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 exit 1 fi libobj="$output" obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $run $rm $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec wl= if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" else gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" for xlib in $convenience; do # Extract the objects. case "$xlib" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi fi # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" output="$obj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit 0 fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit 0 fi if test -n "$pic_flag"; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output="$libobj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" else # Just create a symlink. $show $rm $libobj $run $rm $libobj xdir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$libobj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)' || exit $? fi if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit 0 ;; # Anything else should be a program. *) if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test "$preload" = yes; then if test "$dlopen" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." fi fi if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$compile_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $libdir" ;; esac case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case "$hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator" in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath="$rpath" rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case "$hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator" in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath="$rpath" output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then output_objdir="$objdir" else output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" fi # Create the binary in the object directory, then wrap it. if test ! -d $output_objdir; then $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" $run $mkdir $output_objdir status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $output_objdir; then exit $status fi fi if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then dlsyms="${outputname}S.c" else $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 fi fi if test -n "$dlsyms"; then case "$dlsyms" in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm" $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms" test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ /* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif /* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ #define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test "$dlself" = yes; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'" test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$echo "X$objs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for arg in $progfiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $run eval 'egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols="$output_objdir/$output.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols $run eval "sed -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@$/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' else $run eval "sed -e 's/\([][.*^$]\)/\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$output.exp"' $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$output.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi fi for arg in $dlprefiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" name=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` $run eval 'echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"' $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -z "$run"; then # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | sort +2 | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"' else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" fi $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ #undef lt_preloaded_symbols #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr_t void * #else # define lt_ptr_t char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ const struct { const char *name; lt_ptr_t address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ " sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\"\1\", (lt_ptr_t) 0},/p' \ -e 's/^. \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {"\2", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/p' \ < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " fi pic_flag_for_symtable= case "$host" in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";; esac;; *-*-hpux*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC";; esac esac # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $? # Clean up the generated files. $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi if test -z "$link_against_libtool_libs" || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" status=$? # Delete the generated files. if test -n "$dlsyms"; then $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" fi exit $status fi if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # We should set the shlibpath_var rpath= for dir in $temp_rpath; do case "$dir" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) # Absolute path. rpath="$rpath$dir:" ;; *) # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" ;; esac done temp_rpath="$rpath" fi if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2 else if test "$fast_install" != no; then link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" if test "$fast_install" = yes; then relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` else # fast_install is set to needless relink_command= fi else link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi fi # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? # Now create the wrapper script. $show "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Quote $echo for shipping. if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then case "$0" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo";; *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$0 --fallback-echo";; esac qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` else qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. if test -z "$run"; then # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) output=`echo $output|sed 's,.exe$,,'` ;; esac $rm $output trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15 $echo > $output "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variable: link_against_libtool_libs='$link_against_libtool_libs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then echo=\"$qecho\" file=\"\$0\" # Make sure echo works. if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, \$echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work. exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} fi fi\ " $echo >> $output "\ # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test "$fast_install" = yes; then echo >> $output "\ program=lt-'$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\ { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | sed 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $mkdir \"\$progdir\" else $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" echo >> $output "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if (cd \"\$thisdir\" && eval \$relink_command); then : else $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit 1 fi fi $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else echo >> $output "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi echo >> $output "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi $echo >> $output "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. " case $host in # win32 systems need to use the prog path for dll # lookup to work *-*-cygwin*) $echo >> $output "\ exec \$progdir/\$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*) $echo >> $output "\ exec \$progdir\\\\\$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $echo >> $output "\ # Export the path to the program. PATH=\"\$progdir:\$PATH\" export PATH exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $echo >> $output "\ \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\" exit 1 fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2 \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " chmod +x $output fi exit 0 ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" addlibs="$convenience" build_libtool_libs=no else if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" build_libtool_libs=no else oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs_save" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi addlibs="$old_convenience" fi if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" # Add in members from convenience archives. for xlib in $addlibs; do # Extract the objects. case "$xlib" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? oldobjs="$oldobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.${objext} -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_new_cmds\" else # Ensure that we have .o objects in place in case we decided # not to build a shared library, and have fallen back to building # static libs even though --disable-static was passed! for oldobj in $oldobjs; do if test ! -f $oldobj; then xdir=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$oldobj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` obj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"` $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)' || exit $? fi done eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" fi IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$generated"; then $show "${rm}r$generated" $run ${rm}r$generated fi # Now create the libtool archive. case "$output" in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" $show "creating $output" if test -n "$xrpath"; then temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" done dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi # Only create the output if not a dry run. if test -z "$run"; then for installed in no yes; do if test "$installed" = yes; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i fi $rm $output $echo > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$dlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'\ " done fi # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" $run eval "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" || exit $? ;; esac exit 0 ;; # libtool install mode install) modename="$modename: install" # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh; then # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$arg " arg="$1" shift else install_prog= arg="$nonopt" fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog$arg" # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=no stripme= for arg do if test -n "$dest"; then files="$files $dest" dest="$arg" continue fi case "$arg" in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) prev="-f" ;; -g) prev="-g" ;; -m) prev="-m" ;; -o) prev="-o" ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then prev= else dest="$arg" continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog $arg" done if test -z "$install_prog"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 fi $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test "$isdir" = yes; then destdir="$dest" destname= else destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi case "$destdir" in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case "$file" in *.lo) ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case "$file" in *.a | *.lib) # Do the static libraries later. staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" ;; *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi library_names= old_library= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac fi dir="`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/" test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= dir="$dir$objdir" # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names if test -n "$2"; then realname="$2" shift shift # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. $show "$install_prog $dir/$realname $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$realname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? if test $# -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. for linkname do if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then $show "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" fi done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" eval cmds=\"$postinstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` instname="$dir/$name"i $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $? # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case "$destfile" in *.lo) staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *.o | *.obj) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. if test -n "$destfile"; then $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? fi # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? fi exit 0 ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then link_against_libtool_libs= relink_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Check the variables that should have been set. if test -z "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$file'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi finalize=yes for lib in $link_against_libtool_libs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$lib" in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac fi libfile="$libdir/`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'`" if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 finalize=no fi done outputname= if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then tmpdir="/tmp" test -n "$TMPDIR" && tmpdir="$TMPDIR" tmpdir="$tmpdir/libtool-$$" if $mkdir -p "$tmpdir" && chmod 700 "$tmpdir"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: cannot create temporary directory \`$tmpdir'" 1>&2 continue fi outputname="$tmpdir/$file" # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` $show "$relink_command" if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 ${rm}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file="$outputname" else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2 fi else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $? test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir" ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? # Do each command in the postinstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postinstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec $SHELL $0 --finish$current_libdirs exit 1 fi exit 0 ;; # libtool finish mode finish) modename="$modename: finish" libdirs="$nonopt" admincmds= if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for dir do libdirs="$libdirs $dir" done for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. eval cmds=\"$finish_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. test "$show" = : && exit 0 echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do echo " $libdir" done echo echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use \`-LLIBDIR'" echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" exit 0 ;; # libtool execute mode execute) modename="$modename: execute" # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" if test -z "$cmd"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 $echo "$help" exit 1 fi # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $execute_dlfiles; do if test ! -f "$file"; then $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi dir= case "$file" in *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then dir="$dir/$objdir" else $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case "$file" in -*) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` args="$args \"$file\"" done if test -z "$run"; then if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved enviroment variables if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL fi if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG fi # Now actually exec the command. eval "exec \$cmd$args" $echo "$modename: cannot exec \$cmd$args" exit 1 else # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" $echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $echo "$cmd$args" exit 0 fi ;; # libtool uninstall mode uninstall) modename="$modename: uninstall" rm="$nonopt" files= for arg do case "$arg" in -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; *) files="$files $arg" ;; esac done if test -z "$rm"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi for file in $files; do dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` rmfiles="$file" case "$name" in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then . $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$old_library" $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$postuninstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postuninstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. fi ;; *.lo) if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then oldobj=`$echo "X$name" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$oldobj" fi $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles ;; *) $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles ;; esac done exit 0 ;; "") $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # test -z "$show_help" # We need to display help for each of the modes. case "$mode" in "") $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... Provide generalized library-building support services. --config show all configuration variables --debug enable verbose shell tracing -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files --features display basic configuration information and exit --finish same as \`--mode=finish' --help display this help message and exit --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] --quiet same as \`--silent' --silent don't print informational messages --version print version information MODE must be one of the following: compile compile a source file into a libtool object execute automatically set library path, then run a program finish complete the installation of libtool libraries install install libraries or executables link create a library or an executable uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE." exit 0 ;; compile) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac echo $echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/mdate-sh0100755000175000017500000000516707310433136015527 0ustar yghygh#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, # Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then set - x`ls -L -l -d $1` else set - x`ls -l -d $1` fi # The month is at least the fourth argument # (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop). shift shift shift # Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. month= until test $month do shift case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done day=$2 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/missing0100755000175000017500000001421307310433136015466 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Franc,ois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case "$1" in -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]" ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0" ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; aclocal) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case "$f" in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then echo >y.tab.h fi if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; makeinfo) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file` fi touch $file ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your system. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/config/mkinstalldirs0100755000175000017500000000132207310433136016672 0ustar yghygh#! /bin/sh # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy # Author: Noah Friedman # Created: 1993-05-16 # Public domain # $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.13 1999/01/05 03:18:55 bje Exp $ errstatus=0 for file do set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` shift pathcomp= for d do pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" case "$pathcomp" in -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; esac if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then echo "mkdir $pathcomp" mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then errstatus=$lasterr fi fi pathcomp="$pathcomp/" done done exit $errstatus # mkinstalldirs ends here yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/0042755000175000017500000000000007311400724013413 5ustar yghyghyiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/Makefile.in0100644000175000017500000002573507311400724015467 0ustar yghygh# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # Include flags for the compile phrase. # Variables are from configure.in in the top directory. SHELL = @SHELL@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DESTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ AS = @AS@ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ ISODATE = @ISODATE@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_aux_dir = @ac_aux_dir@ INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir) -I$(includedir) -DG_LOG_DOMAIN=\"yyt\" -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl # list the programs to be compiled. bin_PROGRAMS = yyt # list the files to be compiled to create the programs listed in the # bin_PROGRAMS. (e.g. holytalk -> holytalk_SOURCES) Files here will be # included in the distrubtions. yyt_SOURCES = xmalloc.c common.h cmdline.c cmdline.h hzsegment.c hzsegment.h loop.c loop.h parseinput.c parseinput.h setty.c setty.h yiyantang.c yiyantang.h yiyantang_init.c yiyantang_init.h yyt_util.c yyt_util.h zhconv.c zhconv.h zhinit.c zhinit.h # Library flags for the link phrase. Variables are from configure.in # preffix are determined by bin_PROGRAMS. yyt_LDADD = $(LIBOBJS) $(INTLLIBS) yyt_DEPENDENCIES = $(LIBOBJS) EXTRA_yyt_SOURCES = getopt.h check_PROGRAMS = test-hzsegment test_hzsegment_SOURCES = test_hzsegment.c hzsegment.c hzsegment.h EXTRA_DIST = cmdline.ggo mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. LIBS = @LIBS@ yyt_OBJECTS = xmalloc.o cmdline.o hzsegment.o loop.o parseinput.o \ setty.o yiyantang.o yiyantang_init.o yyt_util.o zhconv.o zhinit.o yyt_LDFLAGS = test_hzsegment_OBJECTS = test_hzsegment.o hzsegment.o test_hzsegment_LDADD = $(LDADD) test_hzsegment_DEPENDENCIES = test_hzsegment_LDFLAGS = COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in getopt.c getopt1.c DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP_ENV = --best SOURCES = $(yyt_SOURCES) $(EXTRA_yyt_SOURCES) $(test_hzsegment_SOURCES) OBJECTS = $(yyt_OBJECTS) $(test_hzsegment_OBJECTS) all: all-redirect .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .S .c .lo .o .s $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps src/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS: clean-binPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(bin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS) distclean-binPROGRAMS: maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS: install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`"; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ else :; fi; \ done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'|sed '$(transform)'|sed 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ done mostlyclean-checkPROGRAMS: clean-checkPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(check_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(check_PROGRAMS) distclean-checkPROGRAMS: maintainer-clean-checkPROGRAMS: .c.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.o core *.core clean-compile: distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c maintainer-clean-compile: .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: maintainer-clean-libtool: yyt: $(yyt_OBJECTS) $(yyt_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f yyt $(LINK) $(yyt_LDFLAGS) $(yyt_OBJECTS) $(yyt_LDADD) $(LIBS) test-hzsegment: $(test_hzsegment_OBJECTS) $(test_hzsegment_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f test-hzsegment $(LINK) $(test_hzsegment_LDFLAGS) $(test_hzsegment_OBJECTS) $(test_hzsegment_LDADD) $(LIBS) tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP) TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = src distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ fi; \ done cmdline.o: cmdline.c ../config.h getopt.h cmdline.h hzsegment.o: hzsegment.c hzsegment.h loop.o: loop.c getopt.h parseinput.h yiyantang.h hzsegment.h zhconv.h parseinput.o: parseinput.c parseinput.h yiyantang.h setty.o: setty.c getopt.h setty.h yyt_util.h xmalloc.o: xmalloc.c ../config.h yiyantang.o: yiyantang.c ../config.h getopt.h loop.h setty.h yyt_util.h \ yiyantang_init.h yiyantang_init.o: yiyantang_init.c getopt.h cmdline.h zhinit.h yyt_util.o: yyt_util.c getopt.h yyt_util.h zhconv.o: zhconv.c zhconv.h yiyantang.h zhinit.o: zhinit.c zhinit.h info-am: info: info-am dvi-am: dvi: dvi-am check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(check_PROGRAMS) check: check-am installcheck-am: installcheck: installcheck-am install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-exec: install-exec-am install-data-am: install-data: install-data-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am install: install-am uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall: uninstall-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) all-redirect: all-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* maintainer-clean-generic: mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS mostlyclean-checkPROGRAMS \ mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-libtool \ mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-compile \ clean-libtool clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am clean: clean-am distclean-am: distclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-checkPROGRAMS \ distclean-compile distclean-libtool distclean-tags \ distclean-generic clean-am -rm -f libtool distclean: distclean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS \ maintainer-clean-checkPROGRAMS maintainer-clean-compile \ maintainer-clean-libtool maintainer-clean-tags \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am .PHONY: mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-binPROGRAMS clean-binPROGRAMS \ maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS uninstall-binPROGRAMS install-binPROGRAMS \ mostlyclean-checkPROGRAMS distclean-checkPROGRAMS clean-checkPROGRAMS \ maintainer-clean-checkPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile \ clean-compile maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-libtool \ distclean-libtool clean-libtool maintainer-clean-libtool tags \ mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags \ distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am \ installcheck install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data \ install-am install uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean %.c: %.ggo gengetopt --input=$< --long-help -u # We should have targets as: dist, distcheck, clean, install, # uninstall, distclean, mostlyclean, maintainer-clean, # TAGS, check. # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/Makefile.am0100644000175000017500000000236607311161116015450 0ustar yghygh# Include flags for the compile phrase. # Variables are from configure.in in the top directory. INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir) -I$(includedir) \ -DG_LOG_DOMAIN=\"yyt\" \ -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl # list the programs to be compiled. bin_PROGRAMS = yyt # list the files to be compiled to create the programs listed in the # bin_PROGRAMS. (e.g. holytalk -> holytalk_SOURCES) Files here will be # included in the distrubtions. yyt_SOURCES = \ xmalloc.c common.h\ cmdline.c cmdline.h \ hzsegment.c hzsegment.h \ loop.c loop.h \ parseinput.c parseinput.h \ setty.c setty.h \ yiyantang.c yiyantang.h \ yiyantang_init.c yiyantang_init.h \ yyt_util.c yyt_util.h \ zhconv.c zhconv.h \ zhinit.c zhinit.h # Library flags for the link phrase. Variables are from configure.in # preffix are determined by bin_PROGRAMS. yyt_LDADD = $(LIBOBJS) $(INTLLIBS) yyt_DEPENDENCIES = $(LIBOBJS) EXTRA_yyt_SOURCES = getopt.h check_PROGRAMS = test-hzsegment test_hzsegment_SOURCES = test_hzsegment.c \ hzsegment.c hzsegment.h %.c: %.ggo gengetopt --input=$< --long-help -u EXTRA_DIST = cmdline.ggo # We should have targets as: dist, distcheck, clean, install, # uninstall, distclean, mostlyclean, maintainer-clean, # TAGS, check. yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/getopt.c0100644000175000017500000007300407274275550015077 0ustar yghygh/* Getopt for GNU. NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org before changing it! Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ #ifndef _NO_PROTO # define _NO_PROTO #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems reject `defined (const)'. */ # ifndef const # define const # endif #endif #include /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 #if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 # include # if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION # define ELIDE_CODE # endif #endif #ifndef ELIDE_CODE /* This needs to come after some library #include to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ # include # include #endif /* GNU C library. */ #ifdef VMS # include # if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 # include # endif #endif #ifndef _ /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ # ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H # include # define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) # else # define _(msgid) (msgid) # endif #endif /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user to intersperse the options with the other arguments. As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. Then the behavior is completely standard. GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ #include "getopt.h" /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ char *optarg; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ /* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ int optind = 1; /* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't know that. */ int __getopt_initialized; /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element in which the last option character we returned was found. This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ static char *nextchar; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message for unrecognized options. */ int opterr = 1; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the system's own getopt implementation. */ int optopt = '?'; /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. If the caller did not specify anything, the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. This is what Unix does. This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character of the list of option characters. PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to expect this. RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters selects this mode of operation. The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ static enum { REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER } ordering; /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ static char *posixly_correct; #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries because there are many ways it can cause trouble. On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work in GCC. */ # include # define my_index strchr #else # if HAVE_STRING_H # include # else # include # endif /* Avoid depending on library functions or files whose names are inconsistent. */ #ifndef getenv extern char *getenv (); #endif static char * my_index (str, chr) const char *str; int chr; { while (*str) { if (*str == chr) return (char *) str; str++; } return 0; } /* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. That was relevant to code that was here before. */ # if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ extern int strlen (const char *); # endif /* not __STDC__ */ #endif /* __GNUC__ */ #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ /* Handle permutation of arguments. */ /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ static int first_nonopt; static int last_nonopt; #ifdef _LIBC /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ /* Defined in getopt_init.c */ extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; static int nonoption_flags_max_len; static int nonoption_flags_len; static int original_argc; static char *const *original_argv; /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ static void __attribute__ ((unused)) store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) { /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ original_argc = argc; original_argv = argv; } # ifdef text_set_element text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); # endif /* text_set_element */ # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ { \ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ } #else /* !_LIBC */ # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) #endif /* _LIBC */ /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all the options processed since those non-options were skipped. `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ static void exchange (char **); #endif static void exchange (argv) char **argv; { int bottom = first_nonopt; int middle = last_nonopt; int top = optind; char *tem; /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. That puts the shorter segment into the right place. It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ #ifdef _LIBC /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range of the string. */ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) { /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and presents new arguments. */ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); if (new_str == NULL) nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; else { memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len), '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; } } #endif while (top > middle && middle > bottom) { if (top - middle > middle - bottom) { /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ int len = middle - bottom; register int i; /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); } /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ top -= len; } else { /* Top segment is the short one. */ int len = top - middle; register int i; /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; argv[middle + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); } /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ bottom += len; } } /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); last_nonopt = optind; } /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); #endif static const char * _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; { /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; nextchar = NULL; posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ if (optstring[0] == '-') { ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (optstring[0] == '+') { ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (posixly_correct != NULL) ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; else ordering = PERMUTE; #ifdef _LIBC if (posixly_correct == NULL && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) { if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) { if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else { const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; __getopt_nonoption_flags = (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); } } nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; } else nonoption_flags_len = 0; #endif return optstring; } /* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters given in OPTSTRING. If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", then it is an option element. The characters of this element (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters from each of the option elements. If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted so that those that are not options now come last.) OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of handling the non-option ARGV-elements. See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field if the `flag' field is zero. The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible with other systems. LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most recent call. If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce long-named options. */ int _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; const struct option *longopts; int *longind; int long_only; { int print_errors = opterr; if (optstring[0] == ':') print_errors = 0; optarg = NULL; if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) { if (optind == 0) optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); __getopt_initialized = 1; } /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) #else # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') #endif if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') { /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ if (last_nonopt > optind) last_nonopt = optind; if (first_nonopt > optind) first_nonopt = optind; if (ordering == PERMUTE) { /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, exchange them so that the options come first. */ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) exchange ((char **) argv); else if (last_nonopt != optind) first_nonopt = optind; /* Skip any additional non-options and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) optind++; last_nonopt = optind; } /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. Skip it like a null option, then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, then skip everything else like a non-option. */ if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) { optind++; if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) exchange ((char **) argv); else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) first_nonopt = optind; last_nonopt = argc; optind = argc; } /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ if (optind == argc) { /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) optind = first_nonopt; return -1; } /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ if (NONOPTION_P) { if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) return -1; optarg = argv[optind++]; return 1; } /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. Skip the initial punctuation. */ nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); } /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short option. On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ if (longopts != NULL && (argv[optind][1] == '-' || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = -1; int option_index; for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (print_errors) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[optind]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optind++; optopt = 0; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; optind++; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (print_errors) { if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') /* --option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); else /* +option or -option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); } nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optopt = pfound->val; return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (optind < argc) optarg = argv[optind++]; else { if (print_errors) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optopt = pfound->val; return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } nextchar += strlen (nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option, then it's an error. Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) { if (print_errors) { if (argv[optind][1] == '-') /* --option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), argv[0], nextchar); else /* +option or -option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); } nextchar = (char *) ""; optind++; optopt = 0; return '?'; } } /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ { char c = *nextchar++; char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ if (*nextchar == '\0') ++optind; if (temp == NULL || c == ':') { if (print_errors) { if (posixly_correct) /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; return '?'; } /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = 0; int option_index; /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ optind++; } else if (optind == argc) { if (print_errors) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; return c; } else /* We already incremented `optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ optarg = argv[optind++]; /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the table of longopts. */ for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (print_errors) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[optind]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optind++; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (print_errors) fprintf (stderr, _("\ %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (optind < argc) optarg = argv[optind++]; else { if (print_errors) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } nextchar += strlen (nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } nextchar = NULL; return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ } if (temp[1] == ':') { if (temp[2] == ':') { /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; optind++; } else optarg = NULL; nextchar = NULL; } else { /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ optind++; } else if (optind == argc) { if (print_errors) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; } else /* We already incremented `optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ optarg = argv[optind++]; nextchar = NULL; } } return c; } } int getopt (argc, argv, optstring) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, (const struct option *) 0, (int *) 0, 0); } #endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ #ifdef TEST /* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing the above definition of `getopt'. */ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/getopt1.c0100644000175000017500000001070607274275550015160 0ustar yghygh/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #include "getopt.h" #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems reject `defined (const)'. */ #ifndef const #define const #endif #endif #include /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 #if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 #include #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION #define ELIDE_CODE #endif #endif #ifndef ELIDE_CODE /* This needs to come after some library #include to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #include #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif int getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *options; const struct option *long_options; int *opt_index; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); } /* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead. */ int getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *options; const struct option *long_options; int *opt_index; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); } #endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ #ifdef TEST #include int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; int option_index = 0; static struct option long_options[] = { {"add", 1, 0, 0}, {"append", 0, 0, 0}, {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, {"create", 0, 0, 0}, {"file", 1, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0} }; c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", long_options, &option_index); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case 0: printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); if (optarg) printf (" with arg %s", optarg); printf ("\n"); break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case 'd': printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/xmalloc.c0100644000175000017500000000554207274275625015241 0ustar yghygh/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if __STDC__ # define VOID void #else # define VOID char #endif #include #if STDC_HEADERS # include #else VOID *calloc (); VOID *malloc (); VOID *realloc (); void free (); #endif #if ENABLE_NLS # include # define _(Text) gettext (Text) #else # define textdomain(Domain) # define _(Text) Text #endif #include "error.h" #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE # define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #endif /* Prototypes for functions defined here. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ static VOID *fixup_null_alloc (size_t n); VOID *xmalloc (size_t n); VOID *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s); VOID *xrealloc (VOID *p, size_t n); char *xstrdup (char *p); #endif /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available. The caller may set it to some other value. */ int xmalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; #if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT) void error (int, int, const char *, ...); #else void error (); #endif static VOID * fixup_null_alloc (n) size_t n; { VOID *p; p = 0; if (n == 0) p = malloc ((size_t) 1); if (p == 0) error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, _("Memory exhausted")); return p; } /* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ VOID * xmalloc (n) size_t n; { VOID *p; p = malloc (n); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } /* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */ VOID * xcalloc (n, s) size_t n, s; { VOID *p; p = calloc (n, s); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } /* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, with error checking. If P is NULL, run xmalloc. */ VOID * xrealloc (p, n) VOID *p; size_t n; { if (p == 0) return xmalloc (n); p = realloc (p, n); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } /* Make a copy of a string in a newly allocated block of memory. */ char * xstrdup (str) char *str; { VOID *p; p = xmalloc (strlen (str) + 1); strcpy (p, str); return p; } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/common.h0100644000175000017500000000056307311051734015056 0ustar yghygh#ifndef YYT_COMMON_H #define YYT_COMMON_H #if HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif /* HAVE_CONFIG */ #include #include #if STDC_HEADERS # include # include #elif HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif /* STDC_HEADER */ #if HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ #endif /* YYT_COMMON_H */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/cmdline.c0100644000175000017500000001030607311161432015165 0ustar yghygh/* File autogenerated by gengetopt version 2.3 generated with the following command: gengetopt --input=cmdline.ggo --long-help -u The developers of gengetopt consider the fixed text that goes in all gengetopt output files to be in the public domain: we make no copyright claims on it. */ #include #include #include /* If we use autoconf. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif /* Check for configure's getopt check result. */ #ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG #include "getopt.h" #else #include #endif #include "cmdline.h" void cmdline_parser_print_version (void) { printf ("%s %s\n", PACKAGE, VERSION); } void cmdline_parser_print_help (void) { cmdline_parser_print_version (); printf("\n" "Purpose:\n" " YYT converts among different Chinese encodings on a Chinese terminal.\n" " Please report bugs to ha shao \n" "\n" "Usage: %s [-h|--help] [-V|--version] -fSTRING|--from=STRING -tSTRING|--to=STRING [COMMANDS]...\n\ -h --help Print help and exit\n\ -V --version Print version and exit\n\ -fSTRING --from=STRING Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect.\n\ -tSTRING --to=STRING Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment.\n\ ", PACKAGE); } static char * gengetopt_strdup (char * s) { char * n, * pn, * ps = s; while (*ps) ps++; n = (char *) malloc (1 + ps - s); if (n != NULL) { for (ps=s,pn=n; *ps; ps++,pn++) *pn = *ps; *pn = 0; } return n; } int cmdline_parser (int argc, char * const *argv, struct gengetopt_args_info *args_info) { int c; /* Character of the parsed option. */ int missing_required_options = 0; args_info->help_given = 0 ; args_info->version_given = 0 ; args_info->from_given = 0 ; args_info->to_given = 0 ; #define clear_args() { \ args_info->from_arg = NULL; \ args_info->to_arg = NULL; \ } clear_args(); args_info->inputs = NULL; args_info->inputs_num = 0; while (1) { int option_index = 0; static struct option long_options[] = { { "help", 0, NULL, 'h' }, { "version", 0, NULL, 'V' }, { "from", 1, NULL, 'f' }, { "to", 1, NULL, 't' }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "hVf:t:", long_options, &option_index); if (c == -1) break; /* Exit from `while (1)' loop. */ switch (c) { case 'h': /* Print help and exit. */ clear_args (); cmdline_parser_print_help (); exit (0); case 'V': /* Print version and exit. */ clear_args (); cmdline_parser_print_version (); exit (0); case 'f': /* Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect.. */ if (args_info->from_given) { fprintf (stderr, "%s: `--from' (`-f') option given more than once\n", PACKAGE); clear_args (); cmdline_parser_print_help (); exit (1); } args_info->from_given = 1; args_info->from_arg = gengetopt_strdup (optarg); break; case 't': /* Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment.. */ if (args_info->to_given) { fprintf (stderr, "%s: `--to' (`-t') option given more than once\n", PACKAGE); clear_args (); cmdline_parser_print_help (); exit (1); } args_info->to_given = 1; args_info->to_arg = gengetopt_strdup (optarg); break; case 0: /* Long option with no short option */ case '?': /* Invalid option. */ /* `getopt_long' already printed an error message. */ exit (1); default: /* bug: option not considered. */ fprintf (stderr, "%s: option unknown: %c\n", PACKAGE, c); abort (); } /* switch */ } /* while */ if ( missing_required_options ) exit (1); if (optind < argc) { int i = 0 ; args_info->inputs_num = argc - optind ; args_info->inputs = (char **)(malloc ((args_info->inputs_num)*sizeof(char *))) ; while (optind < argc) args_info->inputs[ i++ ] = gengetopt_strdup (argv[optind++]) ; } return 0; } yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/cmdline.h0100644000175000017500000000216107311161365015177 0ustar yghygh/* cmdline.h */ /* File autogenerated by gengetopt version 2.3 */ #ifndef _cmdline_h #define _cmdline_h #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ /* Don't define PACKAGE and VERSION if we use automake. */ #ifndef PACKAGE /* ******* WRITE THE NAME OF YOUR PROGRAM HERE ******* */ #define PACKAGE "" #endif #ifndef VERSION /* ******* WRITE THE VERSION OF YOUR PROGRAM HERE ******* */ #define VERSION "" #endif struct gengetopt_args_info { char * from_arg; /* Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect.. */ char * to_arg; /* Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment.. */ int help_given ; /* Whether help was given. */ int version_given ; /* Whether version was given. */ int from_given ; /* Whether from was given. */ int to_given ; /* Whether to was given. */ char **inputs ; /* unamed options */ unsigned inputs_num ; /* unamed options number */ } ; int cmdline_parser (int argc, char * const *argv, struct gengetopt_args_info *args_info); void cmdline_parser_print_help(void); void cmdline_parser_print_version(void); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif /* __cplusplus */ #endif /* _cmdline_h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/hzsegment.c0100644000175000017500000000526307274273741015603 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* Return segment containing only ascii or double byte hanzi. * Otherwise, we cannot guess encoding correctly cuz we read in * the unit of BUFFSIZE. The price paid to auto-detect encoding. * There are no line buffered I/O. We need raw I/O. We will see * how far it can go. * */ /* We don't do utf8 encoding yet. */ #include #include "hzsegment.h" #define testascii(x) (x <= 0x80) #define ishz1(x) ((x >= 0x81) && (x <= 0xFE)) #define ishz2(x) (((x >= 0x40) && (x <= 0x7E)) || ((x >= 0xA1) && (x <= 0xFE))) #if 0 /* So GBK is worse than Big5. */ #define ishz2(x) ((x >= 0x40) && (x <= 0x7E)) || ((x >= 0x80) && (x <= 0xFE)) #endif /* Segment buf at hanzi boundary. Return the length of the found * segment. */ int hzsegment (unsigned char *buf, int count) { unsigned char *pbuf; int i; pbuf = buf; i = 0; /* Ascii 0-127 and not 2nd half big5 */ if(testascii(pbuf[0]) && (!(ishz2(pbuf[0]) && ishz1(pbuf[1])))) { for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { if (ishz1 (pbuf[i])) return i; } } /* Double byte segment. */ else { for (i = 1; i < count; i++) { /* Don't let printable ascii break double byte * sequence (but we don't want to swallow newline.) * Since for curses program, non-printable chars * are used to move the cursor around. * Then we can have longer hanzi string for more * accurate encode judgement. * * Old GB locale might be a bit broken for isgraph(), :). * Update your locale. */ if(testascii(pbuf[i]) && (!isgraph(pbuf[i])) && (pbuf[i] != 0x20)) /* space is already isgraph? */ { if (!(ishz2 (pbuf[i]) && ishz1 (pbuf[i-1]))) { return i; } /* else keep going. */ } } /* for double byte */ } return i; } /* vim: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/hzsegment.h0100644000175000017500000000212607274273746015610 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _HZSEGMENT_H_ #define _HZSEGMENT_H_ int hzsegment (unsigned char *buf, int count); #endif /* _HZSEGMENT_H_ */ /* vim: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/loop.c0100644000175000017500000000771007274273644014551 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* main loop for the parent process. * We intercept I/O and call conversion program before pass * the data. Segment hanzi for better encode judgement. * See hzsegment.c * */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "parseinput.h" #include "hzsegment.h" #include "yiyantang.h" #include "zhconv.h" void loop (int ptym, int fromcode, int tocode) { char ibuf[BUFFSIZE]; char *obuf; char pbuf[BUFFSIZE + PRESIZE]; int ret; fd_set fds; int max = 0; struct timeval tv; yytconfig curconfig; keystate inputstate; #ifdef DEBUG int fd; fd = creat ("tty.log", S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR); #endif curconfig.fromcode = fromcode; curconfig.tocode = tocode; curconfig.yytesc = YYTESC; curconfig.isnewbuf = TRUE; inputstate.altstate = 0; inputstate.cmdstate = 0; obuf = pbuf + PRESIZE; for (;;) { /* These will be reset if select returns -1. * tv need to be set in any cases. */ tv.tv_sec = 10; tv.tv_usec = 100000; FD_ZERO (&fds); FD_SET (STDIN_FILENO, &fds); FD_SET (ptym, &fds); if (ptym > max) max = ptym; ret = select (max + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &tv); if (ret == 0 || (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR)) continue; if (ret < 0) { /* Other errors are not pretty. */ perror ("Select in loop.c"); exit (ret); } /* Handle Standard Input to master tty. */ if (FD_ISSET (STDIN_FILENO, &fds)) { ret = read (STDIN_FILENO, ibuf, BUFFSIZE); if (ret > 0) { /* FIXME: Should this be TRUE or FALSE? * Maybe we want to reset half-hanzi for every * input. */ curconfig.isnewbuf = TRUE; parse_input(ibuf, &ret, &curconfig, &inputstate); if(curconfig.fromcode == -1) { /* Reset to initial state. */ curconfig.tocode = tocode; curconfig.fromcode = fromcode; } if((curconfig.fromcode > 0) && curconfig.tocode) { /* For input, convert local encode to remote encode. */ zhconv (curconfig, ibuf, &ret); } write (ptym, ibuf, ret); } else break; } /* Handle master tty to standard output. */ if (FD_ISSET (ptym, &fds)) { ret = read (ptym, obuf, BUFFSIZE); if (ret > 0) { char *tbuf1; char *tbuf2; char temp[BUFFSIZE + PRESIZE]; int count = ret; tbuf1 = obuf; tbuf2 = temp + PRESIZE; curconfig.isnewbuf = TRUE; #ifdef DEBUG write (fd, "\n\nEndOfBuf\n\n", 12); #endif while (count > 0) { /* Don't need segment if encoding is already known. */ if(curconfig.fromcode) { ret = count; } else { ret = hzsegment (tbuf1, count); } /* Operate on temp. */ strncpy (tbuf2, tbuf1, ret); #ifdef DEBUG write (fd, tbuf2, ret); write (fd, "\n\nEndOfHzB\n\n", 12); #endif count -= ret; tbuf1 += ret; zhconv (curconfig, tbuf2, &ret); write (STDOUT_FILENO, tbuf2, ret); curconfig.isnewbuf = FALSE; } } else break; } } } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/loop.h0100644000175000017500000000210507274273660014545 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _LOOP_H_ #define _LOOP_H_ void loop (int ptym, int fromcode, int tocode); #endif /* _LOOP_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/parseinput.c0100644000175000017500000001030707274274006015757 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* Parse keyboard input. Trigger key: ctrl-y * Known commands: * r: Reset * d: Disable any conversion. * a: Autodetect * g: GB * b: BIG5 * h: Hz * u: UCS * 7: UTF-7 * 8: UTF-8 * * y: output ctrl-y (So we will not lose the functionality * of ctrl-y, hopefully) * */ #include #include #include #include "parseinput.h" #include "yiyantang.h" /* Shift buffer 1 char to left, lose the first char, reset * the ret and the index. * ibuf points to the destination. * index is the offset from a bigger buffer. * ret is the length of the bigger buffer. */ void shiftbuf(char* ibuf, int* ret, int* index) { memmove(ibuf, ibuf+1, sizeof(char)*(*ret - (*index+1))); /* ret always > 0, We don't want anything negative. */ (*ret)--; if(*index > 0) (*index)--; } /* Search ctrl-triggerKey which is not following a alt key. * Then we search known commands and set 'curconfig'. Found keys * are replace by a bell(\b). We can do a memmov but replace it * with bell is easier. 'inputstate' indicate if we are in the * command mode. * * Oops, we use memmov now. */ void parse_input(char* ibuf, int* ret, yytconfig *curconfig, keystate *inputstate) { int i; for(i=0; i < *ret; i++) { /* We don't want to screw alt-ctrl-key. */ if(ibuf[i] == ALTKEY && !inputstate->cmdstate) { inputstate->altstate = 1; } else { if(!inputstate->altstate) { if(ibuf[i] == curconfig->yytesc) { inputstate->cmdstate = 1; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ } /* YYTESC */ else if(inputstate->cmdstate) { switch(ibuf[i]) { case 'g': curconfig->fromcode = GB_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'b': curconfig->fromcode = BIG5_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'h': curconfig->fromcode = HZ_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'u': curconfig->fromcode = UNI_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case '7': curconfig->fromcode = UTF7_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case '8': curconfig->fromcode = UTF8_CODE; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'd': /* Disable conversion. */ curconfig->fromcode = -2; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'a': /* autoconversion. */ curconfig->fromcode = 0; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'r': /* reset the initial state. */ curconfig->fromcode = -1; shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; case 'y': /* write the escape key. */ ibuf[i] = curconfig->yytesc; break; default: shiftbuf(&ibuf[i], ret, &i); /* ibuf[i] = BEEP; */ break; } /* switch */ inputstate->cmdstate = 0; /* Reset the state. */ } /* else if cmdstate. */ } /* if !altstate. */ inputstate->altstate = 0; } /* else ALTKEY. */ } /* for loop. */ } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/parseinput.h0100644000175000017500000000222407274274016015764 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _PARSEINPUT_H_ #define _PARSEINPUT_H_ #include "yiyantang.h" void parse_input(char* ibuf, int* ret, yytconfig *curconfig, keystate *inputstate); #endif /* _PARSEINPUT_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/setty.c0100644000175000017500000001155407306735420014740 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* helper functions for setup tty. * There is already a forkpty function in pty.h (libutil.a), so we * only handle tty mode setting here. * */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "setty.h" #include "yyt_util.h" extern char *ptsname (int); static struct termios save_termios; static int ttysavefd = -1; static enum { RESET, RAW, CBREAK } ttystate = RESET; #if 0 /* forkpty definition start here. */ int ptym_open (char *pts_name) { int fdm; char *ptr; strcpy (pts_name, "/dev/ptmx"); if ((fdm = open (pts_name, O_RDWR)) < 0) return (-1); if (grantpt (fdm) < 0) { close (fdm); return (-2); } if (unlockpt (fdm) < 0) { close (fdm); return (-3); } if ((ptr = ptsname (fdm)) == NULL) { close (fdm); return (-4); } strcpy (pts_name, ptr); return (fdm); } int ptys_open (int fdm, char *pts_name) { int fds; if ((fds = open (pts_name, O_RDWR)) < 0) { close (fdm); return (-5); } #if 0 /* Damn! Linux won't do ptem! */ if (ioctl (fds, I_PUSH, "ptem") < 0) { close (fdm); close (fds); return (-6); } if (ioctl (fds, I_PUSH, "ldterm") < 0) { close (fdm); close (fds); return (-7); } if (ioctl (fds, I_PUSH, "ttcompat") < 0) { close (fdm); close (fds); return (-8); } #endif /* #if 0 for ptem in Linux */ return (fds); } pid_t forkpty (int *ptrfdm, char *slave_name, const struct termios * slave_termios, const struct winsize * slave_winsize) { int fdm, fds; pid_t pid; char pts_name[25]; if ((fdm = ptym_open (pts_name)) < 0) err_sys ("can't open master pty: %s", pts_name); if (slave_name != NULL) strcpy (slave_name, pts_name); if ((pid = fork ()) < 0) return (-1); else if (pid == 0) { if (setsid () < 0) err_sys ("setsid error"); if ((fds = ptys_open (fdm, pts_name)) < 0) err_sys ("can't open slave pty: %d\n", fds); // close (fdm); #if defined(TIOCSCTTY) && !defined(CIBAUD) if (ioctl (fds, TIOCSCTTY, (char *) 0) < 0) err_sys ("TIOCSCTTY error"); #endif /* TIOCSCTTY */ if (slave_termios != NULL) { if (tcsetattr (fds, TCSANOW, slave_termios) < 0) err_sys ("tcsetattr error on slave pty"); } if (slave_winsize != NULL) { if (ioctl (fds, TIOCSWINSZ, slave_winsize) < 0) err_sys ("TIOCSWINSZ error on slave pty"); } if (dup2 (fds, STDIN_FILENO) != STDIN_FILENO) err_sys ("dup2 error to stdin"); if (dup2 (fds, STDOUT_FILENO) != STDOUT_FILENO) err_sys ("dup2 error to stdout"); if (dup2 (fds, STDERR_FILENO) != STDERR_FILENO) err_sys ("dup2 error to stderr"); if (fds > STDERR_FILENO) close (fds); return (0); } else { *ptrfdm = fdm; return (pid); } } #endif /* End forkpty setup. */ int tty_raw (int fd) { struct termios buf; if (tcgetattr (fd, &save_termios) < 0) return (-1); buf = save_termios; buf.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ICANON | IEXTEN | ISIG); buf.c_iflag &= ~(BRKINT | ICRNL | INPCK | ISTRIP | IXON); buf.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE | PARENB); buf.c_cflag |= CS8; buf.c_oflag &= ~(OPOST); buf.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; buf.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; if (tcsetattr (fd, TCSAFLUSH, &buf) < 0) return (-1); ttystate = RAW; ttysavefd = fd; return (0); } int tty_reset (int fd) { if (ttystate != CBREAK && ttystate != RAW) return (0); if (tcsetattr (fd, TCSAFLUSH, &save_termios) < 0) return (-1); ttystate = RESET; return (0); } void tty_atexit (void) { if (ttysavefd >= 0) tty_reset (ttysavefd); printf ("exit...\n"); } struct termios * tty_termios (void) { return (&save_termios); } int tty_resize(int fds, const struct winsize * slave_winsize) { int ret; if ((ret = ioctl (fds, TIOCSWINSZ, slave_winsize)) < 0) err_sys ("TIOCSWINSZ error on slave pty"); return ret; } /* vi: set ts=4:ws=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/setty.h0100644000175000017500000000246307306721602014741 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _SETTY_H_ #define _SETTY_H_ /* For forkpty */ #if 0 pid_t forkpty (int *ptrfdm, char *slave_name, const struct termios * slave_termios, const struct winsize * slave_winsize); #endif /* #if 0 */ int tty_raw (int fd); void tty_atexit (void); int tty_resize(int fds, const struct winsize * slave_winsize); #endif /* _SETTY_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yiyantang.c0100644000175000017500000000535307310712347015571 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* * Main program. Calls yiyantang_init() to do initialization. * Then create psuedo terminal, start a command in child and * start main loop in parent. * */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "loop.h" #include "setty.h" #include "yyt_util.h" #include "yiyantang_init.h" int global_fdm; void sig_winch(int signo) { struct winsize size; if(ioctl(STDIN_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, (char*) &size) < 0) err_sys("TIOCGWINSIZE error"); tty_resize(global_fdm, &size); signal(SIGWINCH, sig_winch); } int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { int fdm; int ignoreeof; pid_t pid; struct winsize size; struct termios orig_termios; int fromcode, tocode; char **cmd; ignoreeof = 0; cmd = yiyantang_init (argc, argv, &fromcode, &tocode); if (tcgetattr (STDIN_FILENO, &orig_termios) < 0) err_sys ("tcgettattr error on stdin"); if (ioctl (STDIN_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, (char *) &size) < 0) err_sys ("TIOCGWINSZ error"); pid = forkpty (&fdm, NULL, &orig_termios, &size); if (pid < 0) err_sys ("fork error"); else if (pid == 0) { printf ("Start a shell...\n"); if (execvp (cmd[0], cmd) < 0) err_sys ("cannot execute: %s", cmd[0]); } /* End child. */ global_fdm = fdm; if (tty_raw (STDIN_FILENO) < 0) err_sys ("can't set STDIN_FILENO to raw"); if (atexit (tty_atexit) < 0) err_sys ("atexit tty won't set"); signal(SIGWINCH, sig_winch); loop (fdm, fromcode, tocode); /* Not really need to wait but whatever. */ wait(NULL); exit (0); } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yiyantang.h0100644000175000017500000000277707306735225015612 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _YIYANTANG_H_ #define _YIYANTANG_H_ #define CONTROL(x) ((x)&(0x1F)) #define YYTESC CONTROL('y') #define ALTKEY 0x1B #define BEEP 0x07 enum { TRUE = 1, FALSE = 0, }; struct _yytconfig { int tocode; int fromcode; int yytesc; /* escape key value. */ int isnewbuf; /* New buffer state. */ char** shellcmd; /* char *[] of command line list. */ }; typedef struct _yytconfig yytconfig; struct _keystate { int altstate; int cmdstate; }; typedef struct _keystate keystate; void sig_winch(int signo); #endif /* _YIYANTANG_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yiyantang_init.c0100644000175000017500000000720607306734527016624 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* * Do initialization here. Actually only do command line parsing. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "cmdline.h" #include "zhinit.h" #if ENABLE_NLS # include #define _(Text) gettext(Text) #else #define textdomain(Domain) #define _(Text) Text #endif #define N_(Text) Text void printusage (void); char** getshell () { char *shellcmd; char **cmd; cmd = malloc (sizeof (char *) * 3); if ((shellcmd = getenv ("SHELL")) == NULL) shellcmd = strdup ("/bin/sh"); cmd[0] = shellcmd; cmd[1] = strdup ("-i"); cmd[2] = NULL; return cmd; } int gettocode () { char *ret; if ((ret = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, "")) == NULL) { return (0); } if ((ret = nl_langinfo (CODESET)) == NULL) { return (0); } if (!strncasecmp (ret, "GB2312", 6)) { return (GB_CODE); } if (!strncasecmp (ret, "GBK", 3)) { return (GB_CODE); } else if (!strncasecmp (ret, "BIG5", 4)) { return (BIG5_CODE); } else if (!strncasecmp (ret, "UTF8", 4)) { return (UTF8_CODE); } else return (0); } void parseencode (char *input, int *encode) { if (!strncasecmp (input, "GB", 2)) { *encode = GB_CODE; _initgb (); } else if (!strncasecmp (input, "BIG5", 4)) { *encode = BIG5_CODE; _initbig (); } else if (!strncasecmp (input, "UTF8", 4)) { *encode = UTF8_CODE; _initutf8 (); } else { printf ("encoding %s is not supported.\n", input); printusage (); } } void printusage () { printf ("\n\ Usage: yyt [-f fromencode -t toencode] [-h] [program arg....].\n\ \n\ Default is to start an interactive shell.\n\ If no -t is specified, encoding from LC_CTYPE will be used.\n\ Supported Encoding: gb, big5, utf8. \n\n"); exit (0); } char** yiyantang_init (int argc, char **argv, int *fromcode, int *tocode) { struct gengetopt_args_info args_info; /* int c; */ char **cmd; *fromcode = 0; *tocode = gettocode (); cmd = getshell (); hz_setup(); #if 0 opterr = 0; /* getopt variable. */ while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "+f:t:")) != -1) { switch (c) { case 'f': parseencode (optarg, fromcode); break; case 't': parseencode (optarg, tocode); //printf ("tocode: %d\n", *tocode); break; case 'h': case '?': printusage (); } } if (optind < argc) { cmd = &argv[optind]; } #endif /* 0 */ if(cmdline_parser(argc, argv, &args_info) != 0) { cmdline_parser_print_help(); cmdline_parser_print_version(); exit(1); } if(args_info.from_given) parseencode(args_info.from_arg, fromcode); if(args_info.to_given) parseencode(args_info.to_arg, tocode); if(args_info.inputs_num) cmd = args_info.inputs; return (cmd); } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yiyantang_init.h0100644000175000017500000000217507274273616016632 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _YIYANTANG_INIT_H_ #define _YIYANTANG_INIT_H_ char **yiyantang_init (int argc, char **argv, int *fromcode, int *tocode); #endif /* _YIYANTANG_INIT_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4 */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yyt_util.c0100644000175000017500000000441307274273566015462 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* Help functions from APUE */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "yyt_util.h" #define MAXLINE 4096 static void err_doit (int errnoflag, const char *fmt, va_list ap) { int errno_save; char buf[MAXLINE]; errno_save = errno; vsprintf (buf, fmt, ap); if (errnoflag) sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), ": %s", strerror (errno_save)); strcat (buf, "\n"); fflush (stdout); fputs (buf, stderr); fflush (NULL); return; } void err_sys (const char *fmt,...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, fmt); err_doit (1, fmt, ap); va_end (ap); exit (1); } Sigfunc *signal_intr (int signo, Sigfunc * func) { struct sigaction act, oact; act.sa_handler = func; sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask); act.sa_flags = 0; #ifdef SA_INTERRUP /* SunOS */ act.sa_flags |= SA_INTERRUPT; #endif if (sigaction (signo, &act, &oact) < 0) return (SIG_ERR); return (oact.sa_handler); } ssize_t writen (int fd, const void *vptr, size_t n) { size_t nleft; ssize_t nwritten; const char *ptr; ptr = vptr; nleft = n; while (nleft > 0) { if ((nwritten = write (fd, ptr, nleft)) <= 0) return (nwritten); nleft -= nwritten; ptr += nwritten; } return (n); } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/yyt_util.h0100644000175000017500000000227307274273634015465 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _UTIL_H_ #define _UTIL_H_ void err_sys (const char *fmt,...); typedef void Sigfunc (int); Sigfunc *signal_intr (int signo, Sigfunc * func); ssize_t writen (int fd, const void *vptr, size_t n); #endif /* _UTIL_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/zhconv.c0100644000175000017500000000424707274273713015106 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* * Do Chinese conversion here. * Well hopeful, future version of libhz will do this for us. */ /* Damn, This half hanzi at the end is killing me. Need to * know the state of it. Update j_code() when libhz expose * half hanzi state. * */ #ifndef _HZ_H_ #define _HZ_H_ #include #endif /* _HZ_H_ */ #include #include "zhconv.h" #include "yiyantang.h" /* When fromcode = 0, we guess encoding ourselves. * fromcode = -2, disable conversion. * */ int zhconv (yytconfig curconfig, char *buf, int *count) { int fromcode, tocode; static int lastfrom = 0; /* From code from the last iteration. */ fromcode = curconfig.fromcode; tocode = curconfig.tocode; if (fromcode == -2 || tocode == fromcode) { return *count; } if (fromcode == 0) { if ((fromcode = j_code (buf, *count)) == tocode) return *count; } /* hz_search will reset half-hanzi everytime. * We don't want that at the buffer boundary if encoding * is not changed. */ if(!(curconfig.isnewbuf == TRUE && fromcode == lastfrom)) { lastfrom = fromcode; if(! hz_search(fromcode, tocode, 8)) { /* failed to find a valid conversion path. */ return *count; } } hz_convert(buf, count, 0); return *count; } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/zhconv.h0100644000175000017500000000253307274273720015105 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _ZHCONV_H_ #define _ZHCONV_H_ /* hz.h did not define _HZ_H_ */ #ifndef _HZ_H_ #define _HZ_H_ #include #endif /* _HZ_H_ */ #include "yiyantang.h" enum { BUFFSIZE = MAX_BUFFER, /* Input buffer size, defined in hz.h */ PRESIZE = 1, /* Prepending bytes before input buffer. */ }; int zhconv (yytconfig curconfig, char *buf, int *count); #endif /* _ZHCONV_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/zhinit.c0100644000175000017500000000461607274273733015106 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ /* Initialize convert functions based on destiny encoding. * So initialize everything for one encoding. Crude but so what? * */ #include #include "zhinit.h" enum zhinitcode { GBBIG5, GBHZ, GBUNI, BIG5GB, BIG5UNI, HZGB, UNIGB, UNIBIG5, UNIUTF7, UNIUTF8, UTF7UNI, UTF8UNI, MAXZHCODE }; int init_stat[MAXZHCODE]; void _initgb () { if (!init_stat[HZGB]) { hz2gb_init (); init_stat[HZGB] = 1; } if (!init_stat[BIG5GB]) { big2gb_init (); init_stat[BIG5GB] = 1; } if (!init_stat[UNIGB]) { uni2gb_init (); init_stat[UNIGB] = 1; } } void _initbig () { if (!init_stat[GBBIG5]) { gb2big_init (); init_stat[GBBIG5] = 1; } if (!init_stat[UNIBIG5]) { uni2big_init (); init_stat[UNIBIG5] = 1; } } void _inithz () { if (!init_stat[GBHZ]) { gb2hz_init (); init_stat[GBHZ] = 1; } } void _inituni () { if (!init_stat[GBUNI]) { gb2uni_init (); init_stat[GBHZ] = 1; } if (!init_stat[BIG5UNI]) { big2uni_init (); init_stat[BIG5UNI] = 1; } if (!init_stat[UTF7UNI]) { utf7_uni_init (); init_stat[UTF7UNI] = 1; } if (!init_stat[UTF8UNI]) { utf8_uni_init (); init_stat[UTF8UNI] = 1; } } void _initutf7 () { if (!init_stat[UNIUTF7]) { uni_utf7_init (); init_stat[UNIUTF7] = 1; } } void _initutf8 () { if (!init_stat[UNIUTF8]) { uni_utf8_init (); init_stat[UNIUTF8] = 1; } } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/zhinit.h0100644000175000017500000000220707274273767015114 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #ifndef _ZHINIT_H_ #define _ZHINIT_H_ void _initgb (); void _initbig (); void _inithz (); void _inituni (); void _initutf7 (); void _initutf8 (); #endif /* _ZHINIT_H_ */ /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/getopt.h0100644000175000017500000001334507274275550015106 0ustar yghygh/* Declarations for getopt. Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETOPT_H #ifndef __need_getopt # define _GETOPT_H 1 #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ extern char *optarg; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ extern int optind; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints for unrecognized options. */ extern int opterr; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ extern int optopt; #ifndef __need_getopt /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. The field `has_arg' is: no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found. To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' returns the contents of the `val' field. */ struct option { # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ const char *name; # else char *name; # endif /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ int has_arg; int *flag; int val; }; /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ # define no_argument 0 # define required_argument 1 # define optional_argument 2 #endif /* need getopt */ /* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for options given in OPTS. Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is returned. The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'. If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'. The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more options. If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts); # else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ extern int getopt (); # endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ # ifndef __need_getopt extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind); extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind); /* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, int __long_only); # endif #else /* not __STDC__ */ extern int getopt (); # ifndef __need_getopt extern int getopt_long (); extern int getopt_long_only (); extern int _getopt_internal (); # endif #endif /* __STDC__ */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif /* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */ #undef __need_getopt #endif /* getopt.h */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/test_hzsegment.c0100644000175000017500000000312207274274053016627 0ustar yghygh/************************************************************************** * yyt - Psuedo tty converts amoung different Chinese encodings. * * Copyright (C) 2001 ha shao * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * **************************************************************************/ #include #include #include "hzsegment.h" int main () { char *pbuf; // char *test = "ÀÏ»¢²»³ÔÈË This is not really a a´óÊÂ"; char *test = "-> - 41:[/2€‰BIG5-€‰BIG5-¤H¥Í¦p¹Ú¤ÛªwB] 3 cjk /2€‰BIG5-€‰BIG5-¤¤¤å¦r¥X¤£¨Ó0000 "; int ret, count; ret = 0; count = strlen (test); pbuf = test; printf ("count: %d, ret: %d\n", count, ret); for (;;) { ret = hzsegment (pbuf, count); write (STDOUT_FILENO, pbuf, ret); write (STDOUT_FILENO, "\n", 1); count -= ret; pbuf += ret; printf ("count: %d, ret: %d\n", count, ret); if (count <= 0) return 0; } return 0; } /* vi: set ts=4:sw=4: */ yiyantang-0.7.0.orig/src/cmdline.ggo0100644000175000017500000000116007311161361015516 0ustar yghygh# Run "gengetopt --input=cmdline.ggo --long-help --unamed-opts" # package # version # Not needed for automake # package "yiyantang" # version "@VERSION@" purpose "YYT converts among different Chinese encodings on a Chinese terminal. Please report bugs to ha shao " # option # option flag # option no # variables are long_arg or long_flag option "from" f "Incoming encoding. Default auto-detect." string no option "to" t "Local encoding. Defaul LC_CTYPE environment." string no